WO2015127627A1 - Resource management method and device - Google Patents

Resource management method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015127627A1
WO2015127627A1 PCT/CN2014/072638 CN2014072638W WO2015127627A1 WO 2015127627 A1 WO2015127627 A1 WO 2015127627A1 CN 2014072638 W CN2014072638 W CN 2014072638W WO 2015127627 A1 WO2015127627 A1 WO 2015127627A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
user equipment
sector
cell
physical carrier
pdch
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/072638
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
翁武林
张岩强
耿海建
姚霈
丁承
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2014/072638 priority Critical patent/WO2015127627A1/en
Priority to CN201480000312.0A priority patent/CN104170309B/en
Publication of WO2015127627A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015127627A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a resource management method and apparatus.
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
  • the frequency resources used by each operator are specified by the GSM protocol, so the frequency resources are very limited for each operator.
  • one base station controller controls a group of base stations, and each base station may have multiple physical cells, and each physical cell includes one or more physical carriers.
  • the configuration of the parameters of different physical cells in the same base station may be different, which occupies a lot of valuable frequency resources.
  • the parameters are carrier number, frequency point, channel configuration, etc., and the frequency point is given fixed. Frequency or frequency hopping group.
  • the uplink frequency band when the user equipment sends information to the base station, the uplink frequency band is occupied, and the working frequency of the uplink frequency band is 890 to 915 MHz.
  • the base station sends information to the user equipment, the downlink frequency band is occupied.
  • the operating frequency of the frequency band is 935 ⁇ 960 MHz, and the frequency interval is 200KHz.
  • the uplink frequency band can be equally divided into 125 radio frequency segments from 890MHz to 915MHz, and the starting frequency of each frequency band is numbered.
  • the starting frequency of the frequency band 890 MHz to 890.2 MHz is 890 MHz; correspondingly, the downlink frequency band is equally divided into 125 wireless frequency segments from 935 MHz to 960 MHz. , numbering the starting frequency of each frequency band to obtain 1 to 125 consecutive numbers of the downlink frequency band; these numbers for the fixed frequency are the frequency points, such as the uplink frequency corresponding to the frequency of 890 MHz in the uplink frequency band.
  • the frequency of the channel band is 1.
  • frequency points can be used to indicate the transmission frequencies of the base station and the user equipment.
  • the frequency occupied by the user equipment in the uplink frequency band is 890.4 MHz when the user equipment sends the information to the base station
  • the frequency occupied by the downlink frequency band is 935.4 MHz when the base station sends the information to the user equipment.
  • Each carrier uses a given fixed frequency point or uses one frequency hopping group according to the configuration to perform uplink and downlink transmission and reception.
  • the wave uses a certain frequency point in the frequency hopping group to transmit and receive uplink and downlink links at a certain time according to a given rule.
  • one carrier includes 8 time slots, and each time slot can be configured as a TCH (Traffic Channel), a PDCH (Packet Data Channel), or a control channel.
  • TCH Traffic Channel
  • PDCH Packet Data Channel
  • a time slot is configured as a PDCH
  • the uplink of the PDCH is referred to as an uplink PDCH
  • the downlink of the PDCH is referred to as a downlink PDCH
  • up to eight user equipments can be multiplexed on the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH.
  • the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH performs data transmission or transmission according to the RLC/MAC (Radio Link Control I Multiple Access Channel) block, and each RLC/MAC block includes 4 TDMAs (Time Division).
  • RLC/MAC Radio Link Control I Multiple Access Channel
  • a user equipment can only perform data transmission and reception in one cell.
  • the base station controller When the user equipment accesses the cell, the base station controller performs uplink PDCH on one or more PDCHs of the cell and/or PDCH of the downlink PDCH according to the access request.
  • the resource is assigned to this user.
  • the PDCH resource may be described by the number of RLC/MAC blocks, or may be described by TBF (Temporary Block Flow).
  • the PDCH can be distributed over one or more carriers of the cell.
  • one RLC/MAC block of one PDCH of one cell can be allocated to only one user equipment, which results in low flexibility of resource allocation.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a resource management method and apparatus, which can improve flexibility of a resource allocation manner.
  • a resource management method including:
  • a user equipment allocates resources, and the first physical carrier is a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment.
  • the method before the receiving the access request of the first user equipment, the method further includes: Allocating available PDCH resources for each physical carrier of the cell in which the first user equipment is located.
  • the available PDCH resource is composed of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or is composed of at least one uplink identifier USF. Or consist of at least one temporary flow identifier TFI.
  • the method includes: after dividing the available PDCH resources for each physical carrier of the cell where the first user equipment is located, The method also includes:
  • the load of the first physical carrier is a proportion of PDCH resources occupied by user equipment currently accessed by the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier;
  • the available PDCH resources are separately allocated for the physical carriers according to the load of each physical carrier in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
  • the method further includes:
  • the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold, or when the current number of accessing user equipments of the cell is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold, or when the cell coverage of the cell is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold
  • the current load of the cell is a proportion of PDCH resources occupied by user equipment currently accessed by the available PDCH resources of the cell, and the cell coverage of the cell is a user.
  • the splitting the cell into at least two sectors includes:
  • the cell is split into at least two sectors using a space division plus orthogonal training sequence technique.
  • the physical carrier allocation for the first sector where the first user equipment is located is available.
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes :
  • the first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, where the current load of the first sector is currently accessed by the available PDCH resources of the first sector.
  • the ratio of the PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment, the cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
  • the method also includes:
  • the number of currently accessed user equipment is less than or equal to Obtaining at least two fans from a sector included in the cell when a sector of the second merge threshold is used, or when a sector with a cell coverage greater than or equal to a third merge threshold exists in a sector included in the cell
  • the at least two sectors include at least one sector that satisfies the merge condition, where the current load of the sector is an available PDCH resource occupied by a currently accessed user equipment in an available PDCH resource of a sector.
  • the ratio of the cell coverage of the sector to the level value of the sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment; The at least two sectors are merged.
  • a resource management device including:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive an access request of the first user equipment
  • An acquiring unit configured to acquire, according to the access request received by the receiving unit, a communication resource required by the first user equipment
  • a first allocation unit configured to allocate resources to the first user equipment in an available packet data channel PDCH resource of the first physical carrier according to the communication resource required by the first user equipment acquired by the acquiring unit, where A physical carrier is a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment.
  • the resource management device further includes: a second allocation unit, configured to allocate available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
  • the available PDCH resource is composed of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or is composed of at least one uplink identifier USF. Or consist of at least one temporary flow identifier TFI.
  • the method includes:
  • the second allocation unit is further configured to:
  • a load of the first physical carrier is a ratio of a PDCH resource occupied by a user equipment currently accessed by the first physical carrier to an available PDCH resource of the first physical carrier;
  • the available PDCH resources are separately allocated for the physical carriers according to the load of each physical carrier in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
  • the resource management device further includes:
  • a splitting unit when the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold, or when the current number of accessing user equipments of the cell is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or when When the cell coverage of the cell is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the cell is split into at least two sectors, where the current load of the cell is the PDCH resource occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the available PDCH resource of the cell.
  • the second allocation unit is configured to allocate an available PDCH resource to each physical carrier included in the first sector where the first user equipment is located, where the first sector is any one of the at least two sectors. One sector.
  • the splitting unit is configured to split the cell into at least two sectors by using a space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology.
  • the first allocating unit is further configured to:
  • the splitting unit is further configured to:
  • the first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, where the current load of the first sector is currently accessed by the available PDCH resources of the first sector.
  • the ratio of the PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment, the cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
  • the resource management device further includes a merging unit, where the merging unit is used to When there is a sector in the sector included in the cell whose current load is less than or equal to the first merge threshold, or when there is a sector currently accessing the user in the sector included in the cell When the number of devices is less than or equal to the sector of the second merge threshold, or when there is a sector in the sector included in the cell that has a cell coverage greater than or equal to the third merge threshold, from the sector included in the cell Obtaining at least two sectors, the at least two sectors including at least one of the sectors satisfying a merge condition, where the current load of the sector is a user equipment currently accessed in a available PDCH resource of a sector The proportion of available PDCH resources, the cell coverage of the sector is the level value of the sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment;
  • the merging unit is further configured to merge the at least two sectors.
  • a resource management device including:
  • a receiver configured to receive an access request of the first user equipment
  • a processor configured to acquire, according to the access request received by the receiver, a communication resource required by the first user equipment
  • the processor is further configured to allocate resources to the first user equipment in an available PDCH resource of the first physical carrier according to the communication resource required by the first user equipment, where the first physical carrier is the first A physical carrier to be accessed by a user equipment.
  • the processor is further configured to allocate available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in a cell where the first user equipment is located.
  • the available PDCH resource is composed of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or is composed of at least one uplink identifier USF. Or consist of at least one temporary flow identifier TFI.
  • the processor is further configured to acquire a load of the first physical carrier, where a load of the first physical carrier is a ratio of PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment currently accessed by the first physical carrier to available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier;
  • the processor is specifically configured to be used when the cell is currently When the load is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipments of the cell is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold, or when the cell coverage of the cell is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold,
  • the cell is split into at least two sectors, where the current load of the cell is the proportion of the PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the cell, and the cell coverage of the cell is the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
  • the processor is further configured to allocate an available PDCH resource to each physical carrier included in the first sector where the first user equipment is located, where the first sector is the at least two Any sector in the sector.
  • the processor is specifically configured to split the cell into at least two sectors by using a space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology.
  • the processor is further configured to determine whether the amount of data of the first user equipment stored in the cache area is greater than a preset. Capacity threshold
  • the processor is further configured to: when the current load of the first sector is greater than or equal to When the first split threshold is used, or when the number of current access user equipments of the first sector is greater than or equal to a second split threshold, or when the cell coverage of the first sector is less than or equal to a third split threshold,
  • the first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, where the current load of the first sector is a proportion of PDCH resources occupied by user equipment currently accessed by the available PDCH resources of the first sector,
  • the cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
  • the processor is further configured to: when a sector exists in a sector included in the cell When the current load is less than or equal to the sector of the first merge threshold, or when there is a sector in the sector included in the cell, the number of current access user equipments of the sector is less than or equal to the second merge threshold And when at least one of the sectors included in the cell has a cell coverage greater than or equal to a third merge threshold, at least two sectors are acquired from the sector included in the cell, the at least two The sector includes at least one of the sectors satisfying the merging condition, wherein the current load of the sector is the proportion of available PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the sector, the fan The cell coverage of the area is the level value of the sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment;
  • the at least two sectors are merged.
  • the method and device for resource management manages a cell PDCH resource according to a sector, so that each physical carrier occupies a reasonable communication resource, and when the cell can perform cell splitting, the cell is split to at least Two sectors, the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in each sector is the same as the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in the pre-split cell, so that the available communication resources of the cell are increased by at least one time, and when the sector satisfies the merge condition
  • the merging of at least two sectors saves communication resources, and therefore, the flexibility of the resource allocation manner is improved compared to the prior art.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a resource management method according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a physical carrier available PDCH resource according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of another resource management method according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of still another resource management method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of still another resource management method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource management device according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another resource management device according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 8 is still another resource management device according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another resource management device according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of still another resource management device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management method, which is used for a network side device.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is described by using a base station controller as an example, and does not refer to a base station controller.
  • a base station controller, the base station controller can manage a plurality of base stations, and the management of the resources by the base station controller is generally implemented by each base station.
  • the resource management method includes:
  • Step 101 Receive an access request of the first user equipment.
  • the first user equipment in the cell requests the base station controller to allocate the PDCH resource by using the access request, that is, the first user equipment needs to use the PDCH for data transmission, and the access request is first sent to the location of the first user equipment.
  • the corresponding base station is then transmitted to the base station controller through the base station.
  • the access request may be any one of the EGPRS (Enhanced General Packet Radio Service) packet channel request message, the packet channel request message or the channel request message sent by the first user equipment.
  • EGPRS Enhanced General Packet Radio Service
  • Step 102 Acquire, according to the access request, a communication resource required by the first user equipment.
  • the access request generally includes information such as the type of the access request sent by the first user equipment, or the terminal capability of the first user equipment.
  • the base station controller determines, according to the access request, the physical carrier that the first user equipment can access and the PDCH resource that is required by the first user equipment.
  • the physical carrier that the first user equipment can access is the first A physical carrier.
  • Step 103 Allocate resources to the first user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier according to the communication resources required by the first user equipment, where the first physical carrier a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment.
  • the available PDCH resources are preset. Before acquiring the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier, the base station controller divides the available PDCH resources for each physical carrier in advance.
  • the base station controller needs to first allocate available PDCH resources for each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located, and then can be in the first physical carrier.
  • the first user equipment is allocated resources in the available PDCH resources.
  • the available PDCH resources are composed of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or are composed of at least one uplink identifier USF.
  • at least one temporary flow identifier TFI that is, an available PDCH resource of each of the physical carriers is at least one RLC/MAC block; or at least one uplink identifier USF; or at least one identifier TFI is identified by at least one temporary flow.
  • the base station controller may establish a resource admission table according to available PDCH resources of each physical carrier, where the resource admission table is used to record available PDCH resources of each physical carrier of the cell, and ensure that each physical carrier is available. PDCH resources, and there are no overlapping PDCH resources in the two physical carriers.
  • the corresponding available PDCH resource is preset for each physical carrier, when the PDCH resource is allocated to the user equipment, the user equipment is allocated in the available PDCH resource corresponding to the physical carrier to be accessed by the user equipment.
  • PDCH resources increase the flexibility of resource allocation.
  • the cell may be divided into one or more location groups, and the configuration of each location group is consistent with the cell, and the configuration is a BCCH frequency, a carrier number, and the like.
  • the partial configuration of the location group and the cell may also be different.
  • the number of carriers of the location group may be different from the number of carriers of the cell.
  • Each cell includes one or more logical carriers, each location group includes one or more physical carriers, and each physical carrier in each location group corresponds to one of the logical carriers in the cell, and the correspondence of the carriers is a carrier
  • the parameter configuration is the same, where the parameter configuration refers to the frequency of the carrier, and the channel type of each time slot of the carrier.
  • the partial parameter configuration of the physical carrier corresponding to one logical carrier may also be different from the logical carrier.
  • the channel type of a certain time slot of the physical carrier may be different from the channel type of the logical carrier.
  • One or more location groups may form one sector, and one cell may contain one or more sectors. It is assumed that the cell where the first user equipment is located occupies a resource of one frequency point, that is, the cell has one logical carrier, but the cell may have multiple location groups, and the carrier of each location group is called a physical carrier, and the physical carrier of all the location groups. A resource that shares a logical carrier. In this embodiment, the physical carrier where the first user equipment is located is the first physical carrier.
  • the cell where the first user equipment is located has a logical carrier
  • the logical carrier is a logical carrier A
  • the cell includes three location groups
  • the first location group includes a first physical carrier
  • the second location group includes a second physical group.
  • the carrier, the third location group includes a third physical carrier
  • the first, second, and third physical carriers correspond to the logical carrier A.
  • the first, second, and third location groups constitute sector A.
  • one logical carrier may include 8 time slots
  • the maximum configurable is 8 PDCHs.
  • the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH of each PDCH may be multiplexed with up to 8 user equipments, and the foregoing PDCH may be multiplexed with 7 users.
  • the device and the downlink PDCH can reuse 8 user equipments.
  • the first user equipment is allocated an uplink TBF, the first user equipment is also assigned a USF. Since each user equipment carries one TBF in the uplink, it can also be considered that the TBF carried by the first user equipment is also allocated.
  • a USF A unique USF is allocated for each user equipment or uplink TBF multiplexed on the uplink PDCH to distinguish different user equipments or uplink TBFs.
  • the USF is carried in the downlink RLC/MAC block, and is used by the base station controller to indicate that the uplink PDCH is used to transmit the uplink RLC/MAC block in the next time period. In actual applications, the base station controller may be controlled by the base station. Any device that can perform this action.
  • Each user equipment uses a TSC (Train Sequence Code) assigned to the user equipment by the base station controller when transmitting the uplink RLC/MAC block, and the TSC is a sequence of known sequences, the base station controller and the The user equipment corresponding to the base station controller carries a pre-specified TSC in the code modulated burst when transmitting the RLC/MAC block, and if the user equipment receives the burst signal, if the received burst If the signal includes the TSC, it can be determined to be a burst sent to itself.
  • TSC Train Sequence Code
  • the base station controller When the base station controller receives the burst signal, if the received burst signal uses the TSC, it can be determined that the user equipment sends Burst, therefore, The TSC can be used to distinguish between uplink and downlink RLC/MAC blocks sent by different user equipments.
  • the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, when initializing, the available PDCH resources allocated to each physical carrier are 1/3 of the logical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier. It is composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, taking the uplink PDCH of a certain PDCH of the logical carrier as an example. As shown in FIG.
  • every 52 TDMA frame periods of the uplink PDCH are called a 52 multiframe, and each of the The 52 multiframe is divided into 12 RLC/MAC blocks, and the RLC/MAC block numbers are B0 to B11.
  • the area 204 in FIG. 2 indicates the RLC/MAC block B0, and each RLC/MAC block occupies 4 frame periods.
  • 204 is an RLC/MAC block, and the frame period is a period of each TDMA frame sent on the PDCH.
  • s and X in FIG. 1 represent idle frames, and available PDCH resources of the uplink PDCH are pressed.
  • the multi-frame is divided into two:
  • the available PDCH resource of the first physical carrier is the resource 201
  • the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier is the resource 202
  • the available PDCH resource of the third physical carrier is the resource 203.
  • the resource admission table may be composed of a first physical carrier, a resource 201, a second physical carrier, a resource 202, a third physical carrier, and a resource 203.
  • the available PDCH resources on each PDCH may also be divided according to other granularities, such as the granularity of every 20 RLC/MAC blocks.
  • the available PDCH resources occupied by each physical carrier may be proportionally divided.
  • the ratio of available PDCH resources occupied by the first physical carrier, the second physical carrier, and the third physical carrier is 1: 1 : 1 or 1: 2: 3 It is also possible to perform random allocation without limitation, which is not described in detail in the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the ratio of available PDCH resources of different PDCHs to different physical carriers of the same logical carrier may be different.
  • the ratio of one uplink or downlink PDCH to three different physical carriers is 1: 1 : 1
  • another uplink or downlink The ratio of PDCH to three different physical carriers is 1:3:5.
  • the USF domain includes 3 bits, and 8 different values can be set.
  • One USF indicates one user equipment, so each time slot can multiplex up to 8 users.
  • the available PDCH resources on different PDCHs of the same logical carrier may be allocated to different physical carriers in different manners. This embodiment is not described in detail herein.
  • the TFI is an ID (identity, identity number identifier) that identifies the TBF, and corresponds to the TBF, and is used to identify the TBF on the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH.
  • ID identity, identity number identifier
  • the TFI field consists of 5 bits and can be set to 32 different values. That is, for the same PDCH, the uplink PDCH can multiplex up to 32 uplink TBFs, and the downlink PDCH can multiplex up to 32 downlink TBFs.
  • the available PDCH resources for each physical carrier are composed of at least one TFI.
  • the third physical carrier allocates the downlink PDCH.
  • TFI 21 ⁇ 31.
  • the available PDCH resources on different PDCHs of the same logical carrier can be allocated to different physical carriers in different manners. This embodiment is not described in detail herein.
  • the allocation of the available PDCH resources in this embodiment may be performed in units of one 52 multiframes, or in units of one slot or in units of one logical carrier.
  • the load of the first physical carrier is constantly changing.
  • the available PDCH resources occupied by each physical carrier may be re-allocated, so that the user equipment is accessed. More physical carriers are allocated more available PDCH resources, and less available physical carriers for user equipment accessing less PDCH resources.
  • the load of the first physical carrier may be first acquired, where the load of the first physical carrier is a PDCH resource occupied by a user equipment currently accessed by the first physical carrier.
  • the base station controller may update the resource admission table according to the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier after being divided again.
  • a common cell technology in order to fully utilize a limited frequency resource to cover a large area, a common cell technology is introduced, and the common cell is introduced.
  • the technology refers to setting a location group of a plurality of different physical sites as one cell.
  • a location group refers to a physical area covered by one or more physical carriers under the same site.
  • the cell parameters such as the number of carriers and frequency points of each location group are the same.
  • Each location group covers a certain area, and the continuous coverage area of multiple adjacent location groups is the coverage of the common cell.
  • the common cell is managed by the base station controller.
  • the total frequency points used by the same location group are reduced compared with the common cell technology, but the number of user equipments that can be carried by the entire cell is also reduced accordingly.
  • the cell in which the first user equipment is located is a cell after the common cell technology is used, and in order to increase the number of user equipments that can be carried by the cell, before the step 102, the cell where the first user equipment is located may also be used.
  • the first user equipment is allocated resources in the available PDCH resources of the carrier, and the second physical carrier is a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment in the first sector.
  • the cell may be split into at least two sectors, when the current load of the cell If the first splitting threshold is smaller than the first splitting threshold, the cell may not be split into at least two sectors, and the current load of the cell is the ratio of the available PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment currently accessed by the cell to the total available PDCH resources, and the first The split threshold is preset according to a specific situation.
  • the first split threshold may be a cell capacity.
  • the first splitting threshold may also be equal to 100%, or may be set to other proportional values according to actual network conditions.
  • the second splitting threshold Determining whether the number of currently accessed user equipments of the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to The second splitting threshold is determined.
  • the cell may be split into at least two sectors.
  • the number of currently accessed user equipments of the cell is less than the second splitting threshold, The cell may not be split into at least two sectors, and the number of user equipments currently accessed by the cell is the number of user equipments currently accessed by the cell or the number of allocated TBFs, and the second split threshold is according to specific conditions.
  • the second split threshold may be a given value of 10. In actual applications, the split threshold may also be equal to the theoretical maximum accessible user equipment.
  • the third split threshold Determining whether the cell coverage of the cell where the first user equipment is located is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, and determining, when the cell coverage of the cell is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the cell may be split into at least two sectors, when the cell The cell coverage is greater than the third splitting threshold, and the cell may not be split into at least two sectors, and the cell coverage of the cell is the level value of the cell in the measurement report reported by the user equipment, and the third split threshold is determined according to the specific situation.
  • the third split threshold may be a given level value 30. In practical applications, the third split threshold may also be equal to the theoretical maximum level value 63.
  • a split plan of the cell may be formulated according to the number of user equipments accessed by the cell and the distribution of the user equipment, where the split plan includes at least a physical carrier of the cell.
  • the cell in which the first user equipment is located includes a first logical carrier
  • the first logical carrier includes three physical carriers, which are a first physical carrier, a second physical carrier, and a third physical carrier, respectively. Since the number of users accessing the first physical carrier is small, and the number of user equipments accessing the second physical carrier and the third physical carrier is large, the number of user equipments currently accessed by the cell and the distribution of user equipments are determined. It is planned that the splitting scheme in this embodiment divides the cell into two sectors, which are a first sector and a second sector, respectively, wherein the first sector includes a first physical carrier, and the second sector includes a second physical Carrier and third physical carrier.
  • the PDCH resource occupied by the first user equipment may be adjusted according to the splitting plan.
  • the RLC/MAC block is used as an example for description.
  • the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier before splitting are the RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B2 of the first logical carrier, and the second physical The available PDCH resources of the carrier are the first logical carrier.
  • RLC/MAC blocks B3 to B8 the available PDCH resources of the third physical carrier are the RLC/MAC blocks B9 ⁇ :B11 of the first logical carrier, and after performing the cell split according to the split plan, the second logical carrier and the third logical carrier are obtained.
  • the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier may be the RLC/MAC blocks B0 ⁇ :B 11 of the second logical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of the second physical carrier are B0 ⁇ :B5 of the third logical carrier, and the third physical carrier is available.
  • the PDCH resource is B6-B 11 of the third logical carrier, assuming that the first user equipment accesses the RLC/MAC block B6 of the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier, but after the cell splitting, the RLC/MAC block B6 is the third physical carrier.
  • the PDCH resource is available, so before performing the cell splitting, the base station controller can adjust the PDCH resource occupied by the first user equipment, so that the first user equipment accesses the RLC/MAC block B3 of the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier. Any one of the RLC/MAC blocks in B5, thereby avoiding resource conflicts when performing cell splitting.
  • the cell When the current load of the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to the first split threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipment of the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to the second split threshold, or when When the cell coverage of the cell where the user equipment is located is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the cell may be split into at least two sectors, and the split may be split according to the split plan.
  • the current cell is configured with one PDCH, and the uplink PDCH user equipment accessing the PDCH occupies 7 USFs of a total of 8 USFs, and the current load is 87.5%. If the first split threshold is 80%, the load of the cell is greater than The first split threshold splits the cell into at least two sectors.
  • the logical carrier Assuming that the cell is split, there is a logical carrier, which is a first logical carrier.
  • the logical carrier has three physical carriers, which are respectively a first physical carrier, a second physical carrier, and a third physical carrier, and eight times of the logical carrier.
  • the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, the available PDCH resource allocation methods are the same for all the one time slots.
  • the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier are RLC/MAC block ⁇ 0 ⁇ 3, that is, the user equipment accessing the first physical carrier for data transmission service can only use the RLC/MAC blocks B0 B B3;
  • the RLC/MAC block of the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier is B4 ⁇ B7, that is, the user equipment accessing the second physical carrier for data transmission service can only use RLC/MAC Blocks B4 to B7;
  • the available PDCH resources of the third physical carrier are RLC/MAC blocks B8 to B11, that is, the user equipment accessing the second physical carrier for data transmission service can only use the RLC/MAC blocks B8 to B11.
  • the resource admission table is composed of a first physical carrier, RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B3, a second physical carrier, RLC/MAC blocks B4 to B7, and a third physical carrier, RLC/MAC blocks B8 to: B11.
  • the cell is split into two sectors, which are a first sector and a second sector, the first sector corresponds to the second logical carrier, and the second sector corresponds to the third logical carrier.
  • the second logical carrier includes a first physical carrier
  • the third logical carrier includes a second physical carrier and a third physical carrier.
  • the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier are RLC/MAC blocks B0 BBB 11 , and the user equipment accessing the first physical carrier may be transmitted on the RLC/MAC blocks B0 BBB 11
  • the base station controller allocates available PDCH resources for each physical carrier according to the load of the second physical carrier and the third physical carrier, and the available PDCH resources allocated by the large physical carrier are large, and the load is small.
  • the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier allocation are small. For example, if the load of the second physical carrier is large, the available PDCH resources are RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B8; if the load of the third physical carrier is small, the available PDCH resources are B9 ⁇ B11.
  • the time slot of the PDCH of the physical carrier after the splitting may be consistent with the time slot of the PDCH of the logical carrier corresponding to the splitting, or may be inconsistent.
  • the second logical carrier becomes b time slots, where b is not equal to a and is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 8.
  • the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one USF, the available PDCH resource allocation methods are the same for all the one time slots.
  • the second logical carrier corresponds to the second logical carrier, and the second logical carrier includes the first physical carrier, and the third logical carrier includes the second physical carrier and the third physical carrier.
  • the base station controller allocates available for each physical carrier according to the load of the second physical carrier and the third physical carrier.
  • the available PDCH resources of a large physical carrier are allocated, and the available PDCH resources of a small physical carrier are small.
  • the load of the second physical carrier is large, and the available PDCH resources are each time in a PDCH.
  • the case of the cell splitting is similar to the case where the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one USF, which is not detailed in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the cell can be split into at least two sectors using space division plus orthogonal training sequence techniques.
  • the space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology refers to allocating user equipments in different sectors, spatially isolating, and passing different user equipments or TBFs on two physical carriers of different sectors and the same frequency point. Different TSCs are allocated so that the base station can identify the uplink data of different user equipments, and the terminal can identify its own downlink data. Therefore, the cell is split by the space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology, so that better interference isolation is formed between the logical carriers of the at least two sectors obtained after the splitting. Different user equipments or TBFs on two physical carriers of different sectors and the same frequency point can use the same USF or the same TFI.
  • the two different TSCs assigned are as theoretically orthogonal or nearly orthogonal to achieve optimal performance.
  • the available PDCH resources are allocated for each physical carrier in the sector according to the load of each physical carrier in each of the sectors.
  • the physical carrier corresponding to each sector after the cell splitting is divided into corresponding available PDCH resources according to the load of the physical carrier.
  • the resource admission table may be updated according to the result obtained after the division, and the updated resource admission table includes a cell.
  • the data may be determined when the data transmission amount of the first user equipment is large. Whether the amount of data of the first user equipment stored in the cache area is greater than a preset capacity threshold, and when the amount of data is greater than the preset capacity threshold, acquiring the logical carrier of the at least two sectors The occupied first resource is again allocated to the first user equipment.
  • the cache area is the same as the RLC/MAC block identifier of the second resource occupied by the first user equipment before the re-allocation.
  • the first resource is the same as the parameter configuration of the logical carrier where the second resource is located, and the first resource and the second resource may be an RLC/MAC block, or may be a USF or a TFI, but the same user must be allocated.
  • the first resource and the second resource of the same type.
  • the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block
  • the sector in which the first user equipment is located after the split is the first sector
  • the second physical carrier is allocated to the second physical carrier.
  • the resource is the RLC/MAC block is B0, but the data transmission amount of the first user equipment is large, and the data to be transmitted in the buffer area exceeds the capacity threshold, the base station controller may use the RLC/MAC block B0 of the second sector.
  • the first resource is allocated to the first user equipment for transmitting data, where the RLC/MAC block B0 of the second sector is an available PDCH resource in the same physical carrier as the parameter configuration of the first physical carrier of the second sector. For example, it can be obtained according to the resource admission table stored in the base station controller.
  • the base station controller may configure the second sector to be the same as the first physical carrier parameter.
  • the case where the first resource is allocated to the user equipment is similar to the available PDCH resource of each physical carrier, which is composed of at least one USF. More details.
  • the first sector is capable of performing cell splitting, where the first sector is a sector in which the first user equipment is located, and the first sector is a Determining any one of the at least two sectors, that is, when the number of access user equipments of the first sector is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or the load of the first sector is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold or first
  • the coverage of the sector is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, and the splitting of the first sector is performed in the same manner as the splitting of the cell, where Do not repeat them.
  • dynamic channel switching when the load in the cell is greater than the preset load threshold, dynamic channel switching may be performed, where dynamic channel switching refers to configuring one time slot of the TCH (Traffic Channel) on the logical carrier of the cell.
  • TCH Traffic Channel
  • Dynamic new arrival refers to converting one of the time slots configured as PDCH on the logical carrier of the cell into a TCH.
  • the base station controller may send, by using a signaling message, the available PDCH resource allocated by each physical carrier after the splitting to the first user equipment, the signaling message.
  • a signaling message can be "Packet Downlink Assignment", “Multiple TBF Downlink Assignment”, “Packet Uplink Assignment”, “Multiple TBF Uplink Assignment” ", “Packet Timeslot Reconfigure;”, “Multiple TBF Timeslot Reconfigure;”, “Immediate Assignment", “Packet CS Release Indication”
  • Any one of the indications such as the TFI, the USF, the time slot number, etc., may be carried by the foregoing signaling message, and only the uplink, downlink, or uplink PDCH resource information, such as TFI, USF, and slot number, may be carried as the first user equipment.
  • Information If the PDCH resource is allocated on multiple physical carriers, it will also contain the physical payload. Numbering.
  • the at least two fans may also be determined. Whether there are sectors in the zone that satisfy the merge condition. For example, determining whether a sector that satisfies a merge condition exists in the at least two sectors may be determined by whether there is a sector in the at least two sectors that has a current load that is less than or equal to a first merge threshold.
  • the first merge threshold is set according to a specific situation, where the sector is set.
  • the current load is the ratio of the available PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment currently accessed by the sector to the total available PDCH resources.
  • the number of the current access user equipments in the at least two sectors may be less than or equal to the second.
  • the second merging threshold is set according to a specific situation, the number of the currently accessed user equipment of the sector is the number of user equipments currently accessed by the sector; or may pass the at least two Determining whether there is a sector in which the cell coverage is greater than or equal to the third merge threshold is determined, and if there are sectors in the at least two sectors that have a cell coverage greater than or equal to the third merge threshold, determining the at least two A sector that satisfies a merge condition exists in a sector, and when a sector cell coverage of all sectors in the at least two sectors is smaller than a third merge threshold.
  • the sectors need to be merged, and before the merge, at least two sectors are first acquired from the current sector of the cell, the at least two The sector includes at least one sector that satisfies the merge condition, that is, the obtained sector that needs to be merged may be a sector that satisfies the merge condition, or only one sector satisfies the merge condition, and the rest is None of the sectors satisfying the merge condition.
  • the selection of the merged sector is set according to the specific situation in the actual application, and the present invention does not limit this.
  • the base station controller After acquiring the sectors that need to be merged, the selected at least two sectors are merged. Since the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers of each sector are different, the base station controller also needs to adjust the PDCH resources occupied by the user equipments that access the physical carriers before the merging, so as to avoid resources in the process of merging. The phenomenon of conflict.
  • the resource management method provided by the embodiment of the present invention manages the PDCH resource of the cell according to the sector, so that each physical carrier occupies a reasonable communication resource, and when the cell can perform cell splitting, the cell is split into at least two.
  • the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in each sector is the same as the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in the pre-split cell, so that the communication resources available to the cell are increased by at least one time, and when the sector satisfies the merge condition,
  • the merging of at least two sectors saves communication resources, and therefore, the flexibility of the resource allocation manner is improved compared to the prior art.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management method, where the network side device performs resource allocation, and the base station controller is used as an example for description.
  • the base station controller is not limited to the base station controller. As shown in FIG. 3, the method includes: Step 301: Determine whether it is required The first user equipment adjusts the PDCH resources.
  • the base station controller may also adjust the PDCH resource occupied by the first user equipment according to actual needs. For example, when the data transmission amount of the first user equipment is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, the base station controller determines that the first user equipment needs to allocate more PDCH resources for data transmission; when the cell where the first user equipment is located needs to perform cell splitting When the cell is split, the base station controller determines that the PDCH resource occupied by the first user equipment needs to be adjusted, so as to avoid resource conflict in the process of cell splitting.
  • Step 302 Acquire a communication resource required by the first user equipment.
  • the base station controller can determine the PDCH resources that the first user equipment needs to adjust.
  • the existing non-PDCH slots may need to be converted into PDCH slots to increase the existing PDCH resources. It may be necessary to allocate more RLC/MAC block numbers to the first user equipment.
  • Step 303 Obtaining a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment and a PDCH resource required by the first user equipment, according to a final judgment result of the base station controller and a parameter configuration of a logical carrier of the first cell where the first user equipment is located, It is assumed that the first cell includes the first logical carrier, and the first physical carrier includes the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier, and the first physical device and the second physical carrier have the same parameter configuration, and the first user equipment can access the first Physical carrier or second physical carrier.
  • Step 303 Obtain the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier that the first user equipment can access.
  • the base station controller needs to allocate a time slot configured as a PDCH for the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier, respectively, for each physical carrier.
  • Each PDCH partition can use PDCH resources.
  • the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier may be composed of at least one RLC/MAC block; or consist of at least one uplink identification USF; or consist of at least one TFI.
  • the base station controller may obtain the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier through the resource admission table.
  • Step 304 Allocate resources for the first user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier.
  • the base station controller may allocate the PDCH resource to the first user equipment according to the PDCH resources required by the first user equipment, the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of the second physical carrier. It should be noted that, since the parameter configurations of the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier are the same, the first user equipment can occupy the PDCH resource of the first physical carrier or the PDCH resource of the second physical carrier, so the base station controls
  • the device may allocate the PDCH resource to the first user equipment only on the first physical carrier, or may allocate the PDCH resource to the first user equipment on the second physical carrier, or may simultaneously be the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier.
  • the first user equipment allocates a PDCH resource. When the PDCH resource is allocated to the first user equipment on the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier, the PDCH resources may be allocated to the first user equipment on the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier, respectively. Assigned to the first user device.
  • Step 305 Notify the first user equipment of the allocated PDCH resource.
  • the base station controller may notify the first user equipment of the PDCH resource allocated by the first user equipment by using a signaling message, where the signaling message may be "Packet Downlink Assignment", “Multiple TBF” Downlink Assignment ", “Packet Uplink Assignment”, “Multiple TBF Uplink Assignment”, “Packet Timeslot Reconfigure”, “ Multiple TBF Timeslot One of the Reconfigure”, “Immediate Assignment”, “Packet CS Release Indication”, etc., may carry the uplink and downlink PDCH resource information, such as TFI, USF, and slot number, allocated for the first user equipment by using the foregoing signaling message. Etc. If the PDCH resource is allocated on multiple physical carriers, the physical carrier number is also included.
  • the resource management method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is that the network side device allocates communication resources according to the specific conditions of the user equipment access, and improves the flexibility of the resource allocation manner compared with the prior art.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management method, where the network side device performs resource merging.
  • the embodiment of the present invention uses a base station controller as an example for description. As shown in FIG. 4, the method includes:
  • Step 401 Determine whether a sector included in the cell meets a merge condition.
  • At the time of merging at least two of the sectors included in the cell need to be merged into one sector. Therefore, before merging, it is first necessary to traverse all the sectors included in the cell, and it is judged whether each sector satisfies the merging condition.
  • determining whether the sector meets the merging condition may be determined by whether the current load of the sector is less than or equal to the first merging threshold, where the current load of the sector is an available PDCH resource occupied by the user equipment currently accessed by the sector.
  • the ratio of the total available PDCH resources, for example, the first merge threshold may be set to 30%.
  • the first merging threshold is set according to a specific situation, and has no relative relationship with the first splitting threshold, and may be smaller than the first splitting threshold, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the judging whether the sector meets the merging condition may also be determined by whether the number of the current access user equipment of the sector is less than or equal to the second merging threshold.
  • the number of the current access users of the sector is the number of user equipments currently accessed by the sector.
  • the second merge threshold may be a given value of 10.
  • the second merge threshold is set according to a specific situation, and has no relative relationship with the second split threshold. It may be smaller than the second splitting threshold, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the determining whether the sector meets the merging condition may also be determined by whether the current coverage of the sector is greater than or equal to the third merging threshold, where the current coverage of the sector is the level value of the cell in the measurement report reported by the user equipment in the sector.
  • the third merge threshold may be a given The level value is 30.
  • the third merge threshold is set according to a specific situation, and has no relative relationship with the third split threshold, and may be larger than the third split threshold.
  • each sector is configured with two logical carriers, and sector 1 corresponds to logical carrier 1, logical carrier 2, and sector 2 corresponds to Logical carrier 3, logical carrier 4, sector 3 corresponding logical carrier 5, logical carrier 6, and logical carrier 1, logical carrier 3 and logical carrier 5 have the same parameter configuration, logical carrier 2, logical carrier 4 and logical carrier 6
  • the parameter configuration is the same. The description is made by determining whether the sector satisfies the merge condition by whether the current load of the sector is less than or equal to the first merge threshold. When the load of the sector is less than or equal to the first merge threshold, the sector satisfies the merge condition, and each sector The load situation is as shown in 1.
  • Table 1 records the logical carrier included in sector 1, sector 2, and sector 3, the first merge threshold, the sector load of each sector, and whether the merge condition is satisfied.
  • Table 1 shows the sector.
  • the load of 1 is 25%, which is smaller than the first merge threshold corresponding to the sector. Therefore, the merge condition is satisfied;
  • the load of sector 2 is 30%, which is equal to the first merge threshold corresponding to the sector, and therefore the merge condition is satisfied;
  • the load of zone 3 is 30%, which is greater than the first merge threshold corresponding to the sector, and therefore does not satisfy the merge condition.
  • Step 402 Select a sector to be merged according to the judgment result of the merge condition.
  • the sector in the sector included in the cell satisfies the merging condition, it may be determined that sector merging is needed to make full use of the communication resources, and in the process of merging, it may be selected to satisfy the combination. At least two sectors of the condition are combined, and at least one sector that satisfies the merge condition may be selected to be merged with at least one sector that does not satisfy the merge condition.
  • Sector 1 and Sector 2 can be selected for merging during the merging process. It is also possible to select sector 1, sector 2 and sector 3 for merging. You can also select sector 1 and sector 3 for merging.
  • the specific merging scheme is determined according to the specific situation, and the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • Step 403 Perform sector consolidation according to the selected merged sector.
  • Table 2 records information such as the logical carriers included in sector 4 and sector 3, the corresponding first merge threshold, the sector load of each sector, and the conditions for re-merging. It can be seen from Table 2 that the logical carrier corresponding to sector 4 is logical carrier 7 and logical carrier 8, and the sector load of the sector is 27.5%, which is less than the first merge threshold of 30%, which satisfies the sector combining condition; sector 3 The corresponding logical carriers are logical carrier 5 and logical carrier 6. The sector load of the sector is 30%, which is greater than the first merge threshold by 20%, and the sector merge condition is not satisfied. At this time, the merging of the sector 4 and the sector 3 can be performed as needed.
  • the PDCH resources occupied by the user equipments that are using the PDCH resources in the sector 1 and the sector 2 need to be adjusted to avoid the resources after the sector is merged. conflict.
  • the available PDCH resource is composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, it is assumed that user equipment 1 performs data transmission under sector 1 before combining, and user equipment 2 performs data transmission under sector 2, sector 1 and sector.
  • the resource adjustment of Zone 2 is shown in Table 3.
  • Table 3 records the details of the resource adjustments of the sector 1 and the sector 2.
  • the resources occupied by the user equipments before the resource adjustment are as shown in the column of the pre-merger resource occupation in Table 2, and are occupied by the user equipment after the resource adjustment.
  • the resources are shown in the "Resource Usage Adjustment" column of Table 2.
  • the user equipment 1 occupies the RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B5 of the slot 6 of the logical carrier 1 before the resource adjustment
  • the user equipment 2 occupies the RLC/MAC of the slot 6 of the logical carrier 3 before the resource adjustment. Blocks B3 to B8.
  • the base station controller notifies the user equipment 1 and the user equipment 2 of the allocated PDCH resources by signaling, and the signaling may be "Packet Downlink Assignment", “Multiple TBF Downlink Assignment”, “Packet Uplink Assignment”, One of “Multiple TBF Uplink Assignment”, “Packet Timeslot Reconfigure”, “Multiple TBF Timeslot Reconfigure”, “Real Assignment”, “Packet CS Release Indication”, etc.
  • the logical carrier 1 and the logical carrier 3 are combined into one logical carrier 7.
  • the user equipment 1 and the user equipment 2 share the resources of the logical carrier 7, and the specific merged occupied resource information. As shown in Table 4.
  • Table 4 records the case where the resource allocation of the user equipment 1 and the user equipment 2 after the sector 1 and the sector 2 are combined to obtain the sector 4 and the sector 3. Since the user equipment 1 occupies the RLC/MAC blocks B0 B B4 of the slot 6 of the logical carrier 1 after the resource adjustment, the user equipment 2 occupies the RLC/MAC blocks B5 B B8 of the slot 6 of the logical carrier 3, which can be obtained from Table 4.
  • the logical carrier 1 and the logical carrier 3 are combined into a logical carrier 7, and the user equipment 1 occupies the RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B4 of the time slot 6 of the logical carrier 7, the user The device 2 occupies the RLC/MAC blocks B5 to B8 of the time slot 6 of the logical carrier 7, and thus, it can be seen that after the resource adjustment, the user equipment 1 and the user equipment 2 are all used in the logical carrier 7 during the merging process. Resource conflict caused by RLC/MAC blocks B3 to B5 of slot 6.
  • the process and the merge process are the same as the resource adjustment process and the merge process in which the available PDCH resources are at least one RLC/MAC block, which will not be described in detail in the present invention.
  • the resource management method provided by the embodiment of the present invention performs the merging of at least two sectors when the sector satisfies the merging condition, saves communication resources and ensures the quality of the data transmission service of the user equipment compared with the prior art. , improved user experience.
  • the cell managed by the base station controller of the current cell Y includes three location groups, namely, a location group A, a location group B, and a location group C, where The group A, the location group B, and the location group C may be distributed on multiple base stations on one base station, and the base station controller performs resource division on the physical carriers of the location group A, the location group B, and the location group C.
  • the user equipments of the location group A, the location group B, and the location group C are allocated by the base station corresponding to each location group.
  • the physical carrier of the location group A is the physical carrier D1 and the physical carrier E1.
  • the physical carrier of group B is physical carrier D2 and physical carrier E2;
  • the physical carrier of location group C is physical carrier D3, physical carrier E3, and the cell has two logical carriers, which are respectively a first logical carrier and a second logical carrier, wherein
  • the physical carrier included in the first logical carrier is physical carrier D1, physical carrier D2 and physical carrier D3, and the physical carrier included in the second logical carrier is physical Carrier E1, physical carrier E2 and physical carrier E3.
  • User device F is located in location group A.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management method, which is used for a network side device.
  • the embodiment of the present invention uses a base station controller as an example, and does not refer to a base station controller. As shown in FIG. 5, the method includes:
  • Step 501 Receive an access request of the user equipment F, and perform step 502.
  • the access request may be a "Packet Resource Request", an "EGPRS Packet Channel Request”, a “Packet Channel Request”, or a "Channel” transmitted by the first user equipment.
  • Request (message or channel request message).
  • the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D1, the physical carrier D2, the physical carrier D3, the physical carrier E1, the physical carrier E2, and the physical carrier E3 are first allocated.
  • the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are by at least one RLC/MAC block group
  • the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D1 are the RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B2 of all PDCHs of the first logical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D2 are the first.
  • the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D3 are the RLC/MAC blocks B9 ⁇ : B11 of all PDCHs of the first logical carrier; the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier E1 are the second logic RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B3 of all PDCHs of the carrier, available PDCH resources of the physical carrier E2 are RLC/MAC blocks B4 to B7 of all PDCHs of the second logical carrier, and available PDCH resources of the physical carrier E3 are the second logical carrier RLC/MAC block B8 ⁇ B 11 of all PDCH.
  • the resource admission table stored by the base station controller is composed of the above information.
  • the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier E2 are all PDCHs of the second logical carrier.
  • the resource admission table stored by the base station controller is composed of the above information.
  • the resource allocation is similar to the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers, which is composed of at least one USF.
  • Step 502 Allocate resources to the user equipment F according to the access request of the user equipment F, and perform step 503.
  • the access request includes information about the type of the access request, the terminal capability, and the like, and the base station controller determines, according to the access request of the user equipment F, the physical carrier to be accessed by the user equipment F. Since the location group A receives the access request of the user equipment F, the base station controller allocates resources for the user equipment F in the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D1 and the physical carrier E1. If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, the user equipment F requests to establish an uplink TBF, and the base station controller allocates PDCH resources for the user equipment F, and there are three allocation modes:
  • the first allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carrier D1.
  • the TBF includes a slot number configured as a PDCH, one slot corresponding to one PDCH, and a specified USF and TFI. If the RLC/MAC block B0 in a 52 multiframe period of the PDCH is assigned to the user equipment F, the other user equipment or TBF multiplexed on the PDCH of the physical carrier D1 will not be able to use B0.
  • the second allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carrier D1.
  • the TBF includes a plurality of slot numbers configured as PDCHs, each time slot corresponding to one PDCH, and a specified USF and TFI. If the RLC/MAC block B0 within one 52 multiframe period of one of the PDCHs is assigned to the user equipment F, the other user equipment or TBF multiplexed on the same PDCH of the physical carrier D1 will not be able to use B0.
  • the third allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carriers D1 and E1.
  • the TBF includes a plurality of slot numbers configured as PDCHs, each time slot corresponding to one PDCH, and a specified USF and TFI. If the RLC/MAC block B0 in one 52 multiframe period of one or more PDCHs on the physical carrier D1 is assigned to the user equipment F for use, the other user equipment or TBF multiplexed on the same PDCH of the physical carrier D1 will Cannot use B0.
  • the RLC/MAC block B1 in one 52 multiframe period of one or more PDCHs on the physical carrier E1 is assigned to the user equipment F for use, the other user equipment or TBF multiplexed on the same PDCH of the physical carrier E1 will Can't use Bl.
  • the user equipment F requests to establish an uplink TBF, and the base station controller allocates PDCH resources for the user equipment F, and there are also three allocation methods:
  • the first allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carrier D1.
  • the third allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carriers D1 and E1.
  • the user equipment F requests to establish an uplink TBF, and the base station controller allocates a PDCH resource for the user equipment F, and there are also three allocation modes:
  • the first allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carrier D1.
  • the second allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carrier D1.
  • Step 503 Determine whether the current number of user equipments in the cell Y is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold. When the number of the current user equipment of the cell Y is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold, step 504 is performed, and when the current number of user equipments of the cell Y is less than the second splitting threshold, step 505 is performed.
  • the base station controller counts the number of user equipments that are currently carried by the two logical carriers in the cell Y, if the number of user equipments currently carried by the cell Y is greater than or equal to the second.
  • the threshold is split, the cell Y is split.
  • the second splitting threshold may be 80% of the number of user equipments that can be carried by the cell ⁇ , or may be 100%. In actual applications, it may be determined according to specific conditions, and the embodiment of the present invention does not do this. limited.
  • the determining condition of the cell splitting may also be determining whether the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold. If the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold, the cell can perform cell splitting; The cell coverage of the cell may be determined to be less than or equal to the third splitting threshold. If the cell coverage of the cell is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the cell can perform cell splitting.
  • Step 504 The cell Y is split into at least two sectors.
  • the cell Y may be split into two sectors by using a space division plus orthogonal training sequence technique, which are respectively sector Y1 and sector.
  • Y2 using the space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology, can achieve better interference isolation between the logical carriers of the at least two sectors obtained after the splitting.
  • the sector Y1 includes a location group A, and there are two logical carriers, which are a first logical carrier A1 and a second logical carrier G1, respectively, and the sector Y2 includes a location group B and a location group C, and there are also two
  • the logical carriers are respectively the first logical carrier A2 and the second logical carrier G2, and the parameter configurations of the first logical carrier A1 and the first logical carrier A2 are the same as the parameter configuration of the first logical carrier.
  • the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, the available PDCH resources are re-divided according to the load of each physical carrier, and the PDCH resources are divided according to the 52 multiframe period, and the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D1 are obtained.
  • the base station controller may update the resource admission table according to the available PDCH resources of the re-divided physical carriers, and the information recorded in the updated resource admission table is as described above.
  • the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one USF, the available PDCH resources are re-divided according to the load of each physical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D1 are obtained as each of all the PDCHs of the first logical carrier A1.
  • the resource re-division is similar to the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers, and is not detailed in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station controller After the resource re-division is completed, the base station controller sends the resource allocation information to each base station by using a signaling message, and then each base station sends the user equipment to the user equipment currently accessing the base station.
  • the time slot of the PDCH of the physical carrier after the splitting may be consistent with the time slot of the PDCH of the logical carrier corresponding to the splitting, or may be inconsistent.
  • Step 505 Keep the current state of the cell Y unchanged.
  • Step 506 Receive an access request of the user equipment H, and perform step 507.
  • the access request includes location information of the user equipment H.
  • the base station controller can determine, according to the location information of the user equipment H, which sector the user equipment H is in, and set the user equipment H to be located. Sector Yl.
  • Step 507 According to the access request of the user equipment, allocate resources to the at least two sector logical carriers for the user equipment, and perform step 508.
  • the RLC/MAC block is allocated to the user equipment ⁇ in two physical carriers of the sector Y1 according to the access request of the user equipment ⁇ .
  • the time slot of the PDCH of the physical carrier is the same as the time slot of the PDCH of the logical carrier corresponding to the pre-split
  • the user equipment H is allocated resources after the split, if the user equipment H
  • the data transmission amount is large, and it can be determined whether the data amount of the user equipment H stored in the buffer area is greater than a preset capacity threshold, and when the data quantity is greater than the preset capacity threshold, the data is acquired in the logical carrier of at least two sectors.
  • the unoccupied first resource is again allocated to the first user equipment.
  • the unoccupied RLC/MAC block B0 in the physical carrier D2 of the sector Y2 is obtained as the first RLC/MAC block.
  • the user equipment H is allocated to the RLC/MAC block identified by the same RLC/MAC block of the same logical carrier using two parameters for data transmission; if the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one USF, The unoccupied USF in the physical carrier D2 of the sector Y2 is allocated as the second USF to the user equipment H, and the user equipment H is allocated to the same time slot in which the same logical carrier is configured using two parameters.
  • USF is used for data transmission; if the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one TFI, the case of re-allocating resources for user equipment H is similar to the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier being composed of at least one USF, The embodiments of the invention will not be described in detail.
  • the user equipment F can also perform the data quantity judgment and the resource reallocation process.
  • the specific process refers to the data quantity judgment and the resource reallocation process of the user equipment H, and the present invention will not be described in detail.
  • Step 508 Determine whether the sector Y1 and the sector Y2 satisfy the merge condition. If there are sectors satisfying the merge condition in the sector Y1 and the sector Y2, perform step 509; if the sector Y1 and the sector Y2 do not exist, the merge is satisfied. For the conditional sector, go to step 505.
  • the base station controller separately counts the number of user equipments carried by the two logical carriers of the sector Y1 and the sector Y2, if the user equipment currently carried by the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 If the number is less than or equal to the second merge threshold, the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 satisfies the merge condition, and the second merge threshold may be 50% of the number of user equipments that the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 can carry at most In the actual application, the setting is performed according to the specific situation, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • condition for combining the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 may also be determining whether the current load of the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 is less than or equal to the first merge threshold, if the current load of the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 is less than or equal to The first merge threshold, the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 can perform cell splitting; the judgment condition of the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 being combined may also be determining whether the cell coverage of the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 is greater than or equal to the third merge. Threshold, if the cell coverage of sector Y1 or sector Y2 is less than or equal to the third merge threshold, then sector Y1 or sector Y2 can perform cell splitting.
  • Step 509 Select a sector to be merged, and perform step 510.
  • the sector to be merged is selected. Since there are only sector Y1 and sector Y2 in this embodiment, only sector Y1 and sector Y2 can be selected to be merged. In practical applications, more options can be selected.
  • the sectors are merged, wherein all the sectors in the multiple sectors may satisfy the merge condition, or at least one sector satisfies the merge condition, and the remaining sectors do not satisfy the merge condition, and the merged sectors are merged according to specific conditions. The embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • Step 510 Combine sectors.
  • the sectors that need to be merged in step 509 are sector Y1 and sector Y2. Before combining sector Y1 and sector Y2, it is first required to occupy the user equipment currently accessed by sector Y1 and sector Y2. The PDCH resources are adjusted to avoid resource conflicts during the merge process.
  • the sector Y1 and the sector Y2 are merged.
  • the cell W is obtained, and the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers in the cell W are allocated according to the number and distribution of the user equipments.
  • the base station controller sends the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier to the user equipment currently accessed by the cell W by using a signaling message.
  • the sector may also be split.
  • the sector Y1 it is first determined whether the sector Y1 can be performed. The cell is split, that is, whether the number of access user equipments of the sector Y1 is greater than or equal to the second split threshold, whether the load of the sector Y1 is greater than or equal to the first split threshold, and whether the coverage of the sector Y1 is less than or equal to the third. Split threshold.
  • the sector Y1 is capable of cell splitting, that is, the number of access user equipments of the sector Y1 is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold or the load of the sector Y1 is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold or the coverage of the sector Y1 is less than or equal to
  • the sector Y1 is split into at least two sub-sectors, and the splitting method of the sector Y1 is the same as the splitting method of the cell Y, and is not described herein, but the cell Y is finally The number of sectors obtained by splitting is less than or equal to the number of physical carriers present in the cell Y.
  • step 503 can also be executed before step 501. Any method that can be easily conceived within the technical scope of the present invention is well within the scope of the present invention, and therefore will not be described again. .
  • the resource management method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates the communication resources of the logical carrier according to the load of each physical carrier, so that each physical carrier occupies a reasonable communication resource, and when there are many user devices accessing the PDCH in the cell,
  • the cell is split to obtain at least two sectors, and the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in each sector is the same as the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in the pre-split cell, so that the available RLC/MAC block of the cell is at least doubled.
  • the user equipment that can be indicated by a USF in the cell is also increased by at least one time.
  • performing sector merging saves communication resources and ensures the quality of the data transmission service of the user equipment. Therefore, compared with the prior art, the resource management is improved. Sex.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management device 60, as shown in FIG. 6, including: a receiving unit 601, configured to receive an access request of a first user equipment.
  • the first user equipment in the cell requests the base station controller to allocate the PDCH resource by using the access request, that is, the first user equipment needs to use the PDCH for data transmission, and the access request is first sent to the location of the first user equipment.
  • the corresponding base station is then transmitted to the base station controller through the base station.
  • the access request received by the receiving unit 601 may be any one of the EGPRS packet channel request message, the packet channel request message or the channel request message sent by the first user equipment.
  • the obtaining unit 602 is configured to obtain, according to the access request received by the receiving unit 601, a communication resource required by the first user equipment.
  • the access request generally includes information such as a type of the request message sent by the first user equipment, a terminal capability of the first user equipment, and the like.
  • the obtaining unit 602 determines, according to the access request, a physical carrier that the first user equipment can access and a PDCH resource required by the physical carrier,
  • the physical carrier that the first user equipment can access in this embodiment is the first physical carrier.
  • the first allocating unit 603 is configured to allocate resources to the first user equipment in the available packet data channel PDCH resource of the first physical carrier according to the communication resource required by the first user equipment acquired by the acquiring unit 602.
  • the first physical carrier is a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment.
  • the available PDCH resources are preset, and the base station controller divides the available PDCH resources for each PDCH in advance, and the available PDCH resources of each of the PDCHs may be composed of at least one RLC/MAC block; or by at least one uplink Identify the USF component; or consist of at least one TFI. Therefore, the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier may be at least one RLC/MAC block, or at least one USF, or at least one TFI.
  • the available PDCH resources are first allocated for each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
  • the available PDCH resource is composed of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or is composed of at least one uplink identifier USF, or at least one temporary flow identifier TFI, that is, each said
  • the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier are at least one RLC/MAC block; or at least one uplink identifier USF; or at least one is identified by at least one temporary flow TFI.
  • the base station controller may establish a resource admission table according to available PDCH resources of each physical carrier, where the resource admission table is used to record available PDCH resources of each physical carrier of the cell, and ensure that each physical carrier is available. PDCH resources, and there are no overlapping PDCH resources in the two physical carriers.
  • the acquiring unit first acquires the available physical carrier corresponding to the user equipment to be accessed.
  • the PDCH resource allocates PDCH resources to the user equipment in the available PDCH resources corresponding to the physical carrier to be accessed by the user equipment acquired by the acquiring unit, thereby improving the flexibility of the resource allocation manner.
  • the cell may be divided into one or more location groups, and the configuration of each location group is consistent with the cell, and the configuration is a BCCH (Broadcast Control Channel) frequency, a number of carriers, and the like.
  • the partial configuration of the location group and the cell may also be different.
  • the number of carriers in the location group may be different from the number of carriers in the cell.
  • Each cell contains one One or more logical carriers, each location group includes one or more physical carriers, and each physical carrier in each location group corresponds to one of the logical carriers in the cell, and the correspondence of the carriers is the same as the parameter configuration of the carrier.
  • the parameter configuration refers to the frequency of the carrier and the channel type of each slot of the carrier.
  • the partial parameter configuration of the physical carrier corresponding to one logical carrier may also be different from the logical carrier.
  • the channel type of a certain time slot of the physical carrier may be different from the channel type of the logical carrier.
  • One or more location groups may form one sector, and one cell may contain one or more sectors.
  • the resource management device 60 first needs to allocate available PDCH resources for each physical carrier of the cell.
  • the logical carrier is a logical carrier A
  • the cell includes three location groups
  • the first location group includes a first physical carrier
  • the second location group includes a second physical carrier
  • the three-position group includes a third physical carrier
  • the first, second, and third physical carriers correspond to the logical carrier A.
  • the first, second, and third location groups constitute sector A.
  • one logical carrier may include 8 time slots, and the maximum is configurable to 8 PDCHs. Up to 8 user equipments may be multiplexed in the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH of each PDCH, and 7 users may be multiplexed in the PDCH as above.
  • the device and the downlink PDCH can reuse 8 user equipments.
  • the first user equipment is allocated an uplink TBF, the first user equipment is also assigned a USF. Since each user equipment carries one TBF on the uplink, it can also be considered as the TBF assignment carried by the first user equipment.
  • a USF A unique USF is allocated for each user equipment or uplink TBF multiplexed on the uplink PDCH, so as to distinguish different user equipments or uplink TBFs.
  • the USF is carried in the downlink RLC/MAC block, and is used by the base station controller to indicate that the uplink PDCH is used to transmit the uplink RLC/MAC block in the next time period. In actual applications, the base station controller may be controlled by the base station. Any device that can perform this action.
  • Each user equipment uses a TSC (Train Sequence Code) assigned to the user equipment by the base station controller when transmitting the uplink RLC/MAC block
  • the TSC is a sequence of known sequences, the base station controller and the
  • the coded modulated burst carries a pre-specified TSC, and when the user equipment receives the burst signal If the received burst signal contains the TSC, it can be determined to be a burst sent to itself.
  • the base station controller receives the burst signal, if the received burst signal is used, the The TSC can be determined to be a burst sent by the user equipment. Therefore, the TSC can be used to distinguish between the uplink and downlink RLC/MAC blocks sent by different user equipments.
  • the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block
  • the available PDCH resources allocated to each physical carrier are 1/3 of the logical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier. It is composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, taking the uplink PDCH of a certain PDCH of the logical carrier as an example.
  • every 52 TDMA frame periods of the uplink PDCH are called a 52 multiframe, and each of the The 52 multiframe is divided into 12 RLC/MAC blocks, and the RLC/MAC block numbers are B0 to B11.
  • the area 204 in FIG. 2 indicates the RLC/MAC block B0, and each RLC/MAC block occupies 4 frame periods.
  • the frame period is a period of each TDMA frame sent on the PDCH.
  • s and X in FIG. 1 represent idle frames, and available PDCH resources of the uplink PDCH are pressed.
  • the multi-frame is divided into two:
  • the available PDCH resource of the first physical carrier is the resource 201
  • the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier is the resource 202
  • the available PDCH resource of the third physical carrier is the resource 203.
  • the resource admission table may be composed of a first physical carrier, a resource 201, a second physical carrier, a resource 202, a third physical carrier, and a resource 203.
  • the available PDCH resources on each PDCH can also be divided according to other granularities, such as the granularity of every 20 RLC/MAC blocks.
  • the available PDCH resources occupied by each physical carrier may be proportionally divided.
  • the ratio of available PDCH resources occupied by the first physical carrier, the second physical carrier, and the third physical carrier is 1: 1 : 1 or 1: 2: 3
  • the ratio of available PDCH resources of different PDCHs to different physical carriers of the same logical carrier may be different.
  • the ratio of one uplink or downlink PDCH to three different physical carriers is 1: 1 : 1
  • the ratio of PDCH to three different physical carriers is 1:3:5.
  • the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one USF
  • the USF domain includes 3 bits, and 8 different values can be set.
  • One USF indicates one user equipment, so each time slot can multiplex up to 8 users.
  • the available PDCH resources on different PDCHs of the same logical carrier may be allocated to different physical carriers in different manners. This embodiment is not described in detail herein.
  • the TFI is an ID (identity, identity number identifier) that identifies the TBF, and corresponds to the TBF, and is used to identify the TBF on the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH.
  • ID identity, identity number identifier
  • the TFI field consists of 5 bits and can be set to 32 different values. That is, for the same PDCH, the uplink PDCH can multiplex up to 32 uplink TBFs, and the downlink PDCH can multiplex up to 32 downlink TBFs.
  • the available PDCH resources for each physical carrier are composed of at least one TFI.
  • the third physical carrier allocates the downlink PDCH.
  • TFI 21 ⁇ 31.
  • the available PDCH resources on different PDCHs of the same logical carrier can be allocated to different physical carriers in different manners. This embodiment is not described in detail herein.
  • the resource management device 60 further includes:
  • the second allocating unit 604 is configured to allocate available PDCH resources for each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
  • the available PDCH resource is composed of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or is composed of at least one uplink identifier USF, or is composed of at least one temporary flow identifier TFI, that is, each
  • the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier are at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block; or at least one uplink identifier USF; or at least one is identified by at least one temporary stream TFI.
  • the second allocation unit 604 is further configured to:
  • the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the re-allocation threshold, and the available PDCH resources are separately allocated for the physical carriers according to the load of each physical carrier in the sector in which the first user equipment is located.
  • a common cell technology in order to fully utilize a limited frequency resource to cover a large area, a common cell technology is introduced, and the common cell is introduced.
  • the technology refers to setting a location group of a plurality of different physical sites as one cell.
  • a location group refers to a physical area covered by one or more physical carriers under the same site.
  • the cell parameters such as the number of carriers and frequency points of each location group are the same.
  • Each location group covers a certain area, and the continuous coverage area of multiple adjacent location groups is the coverage of the common cell.
  • the common cell is managed by the network side device.
  • the cell in which the first user equipment is located is a cell after the common cell technology is used. In order to increase the number of user equipments that can be carried by the cell, before or after allocating communication resources for the first user equipment, Whether the cell where the first user equipment is located can perform cell splitting.
  • the resource management device 60 further includes:
  • the splitting unit 605 is configured to: when the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold, or when the current number of accessing user equipments of the cell is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or when the cell coverage of the cell is smaller than Or equal to the third splitting threshold, the cell is split into at least two sectors, where the current load of the cell is a proportion of PDCH resources occupied by user equipment currently accessed by the available PDCH resources of the cell, The cell coverage of the cell is the level value of the cell in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
  • the second allocation unit 604 is further configured to allocate available PDCH resources to respective physical carriers included in the first sector where the first user equipment is located, where the first sector is in the at least two sectors. Any sector.
  • a cell splitter may be determined according to the number of user equipments accessed by the cell and the distribution of user equipment.
  • the splitting plan includes a mode in which the physical carrier of the cell is allocated to at least two of the sectors, and the PDCH resource occupied by the first user equipment may be adjusted according to a split plan, so as to avoid appearing when performing cell splitting. Resource conflicts.
  • the splitting unit 605 is specifically configured to split the cell into at least two sectors by using a space division plus orthogonal training sequence technique.
  • the space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology refers to allocating user equipments in different sectors, spatially isolating, and passing different user equipments or TBFs on two physical carriers of different sectors and the same frequency point. Different TSCs are allocated so that the base station can identify the uplink data of different user equipments, and the terminal can identify its own downlink data. Therefore, the cell is split by the space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology, so that better interference isolation is formed between the logical carriers of the at least two sectors obtained after the splitting. Different user equipments or TBFs on two physical carriers of different sectors and the same frequency point can use the same USF or the same TFI.
  • the two different TSCs assigned are as theoretically orthogonal or nearly orthogonal to achieve optimal performance.
  • the first allocating unit 603 may also be used to determine that the storage is in the cache. Whether the data amount of the first user equipment of the area is greater than a preset capacity threshold; when the data quantity is greater than the preset capacity threshold, acquiring an unoccupied first in a logical carrier of the at least two sectors A resource is allocated to the first user equipment again, and the first resource is the same as the identifier of the second resource occupied by the first user equipment before the re-allocation, where the first resource and the second resource are located The parameter configuration of the logical carrier is the same.
  • the splitting unit 605 is further configured to: when the current load of the first sector is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipments of the first sector is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold Or, when the cell coverage of the first sector is less than or equal to a third splitting threshold, splitting the first sector into at least two sub-sectors, where the current load of the first sector is first The proportion of the PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the sector, where the cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
  • the resource management device 60 may further For dynamic channel switching, dynamic channel switching refers to configuring the cell logical carrier as
  • One of the time slots of the TCH (Traffic Channel) is converted into a PDCH; when the load in the cell is less than or equal to the preset load threshold, a dynamic channel release can be performed, and the dynamic new arrival refers to the cell logical carrier.
  • One of the time slots configured as PDCH is converted to TCH.
  • the resource management device 60 further includes a merging unit 606, where the merging unit 606 is configured to have a current load of the sector in the sector included in the cell that is less than or equal to the first merge threshold.
  • a sector or when there is a sector in the sector included in the cell that has a current number of access user equipments less than or equal to a second merge threshold, or when there is a cell coverage in a sector included in the cell
  • a sector greater than or equal to the third merge threshold at least two sectors are acquired from the sector included in the cell, and the at least two sectors include at least one of the sectors satisfying the merge condition, where The current load of the cell is the proportion of the PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the cell, and the cell coverage of the cell is the user equipment. Report the measurement level value of a cell, said at least two sectors will then merge.
  • the resource management device manages the cell PDCH resource according to the sector, so that each physical carrier occupies a reasonable communication resource, and when the determining unit determines that the cell can perform cell splitting, the splitting unit splits the cell.
  • the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in each sector is the same as the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in the pre-split cell, so that the available communication resources of the cell are increased by at least one time, and the sector meets the merge
  • at least two sectors are combined, which saves communication resources, and therefore, the flexibility of the resource allocation manner is improved compared with the prior art.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management device 100, as shown in FIG. 10, including: a receiver 1001, configured to receive an access request of a first user equipment.
  • the first user equipment in the cell requests the base station controller to allocate PDCH resources by using the access request, that is, the first user equipment needs to use the PDCH for data transmission, where the The incoming request is first sent to the base station corresponding to the location of the first user equipment, and then transmitted to the base station controller through the base station.
  • There is at least one PDCH in the logical carrier of the cell and the cell is a logical cell, that is, all areas covered by the logical carrier.
  • the access request received by the receiver 1001 may be any one of the EGPRS packet channel request message, the packet channel request message or the channel request message sent by the first user equipment.
  • the processor 1002 is configured to acquire, according to the access request received by the receiver 1001, a communication resource required by the first user equipment, where the processor 1002 is further configured to be required according to the first user equipment.
  • the communication resource is configured to allocate resources to the first user equipment in an available PDCH resource of the first physical carrier, where the first physical carrier is a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment.
  • the access request generally includes information such as the type of the access request sent by the first user equipment, or the terminal capability of the first user equipment.
  • the processor 1002 determines, according to the access request, the physical carrier that the first user equipment can access and the PDCH resource that is required by the first user equipment.
  • the physical carrier that the first user equipment can access is the first A physical carrier.
  • the available PDCH resources are pre-set. Before acquiring the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier, the resource management device 100 pre-defines available PDCH resources for each PDCH, and the available PDCH resources of each of the PDCHs may be Composing at least one RLC/MAC block; or consisting of at least one uplink identifier USF; or consisting of at least one TFI. Therefore, the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier may be at least one RLC/MAC block, or at least one USF, or at least one TFI.
  • the processor 1002 needs to first allocate available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
  • the available PDCH resources Consists of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or consists of at least one uplink identifier USF, or consists of at least one temporary flow identifier TFI, ie, available PDCH resources for each of the physical carriers Is at least one RLC/MAC block; or at least one uplink identifier USF; or at least one is identified by at least one temporary flow TFI.
  • the processor 1002 can be A resource admission table is established for the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier, where the resource admission table is used to record available PDCH resources of each physical carrier of the cell, and ensure that each physical carrier has available PDCH resources, and the two physical entities There are no overlapping PDCH resources available for the carrier.
  • the processor first acquires the available physical carrier corresponding to the user equipment to be accessed.
  • the PDCH resource allocates PDCH resources to the user equipment in the available PDCH resources corresponding to the physical carrier to be accessed by the user equipment, which improves the flexibility of the resource allocation manner.
  • the cell may be divided into one or more location groups, and the configuration of each location group is consistent with the cell, and the configuration is a BCCH frequency, a carrier number, and the like.
  • the partial configuration of the location group and the cell may also be different.
  • the number of carriers in the location group may be different from the number of carriers in the cell.
  • Each cell includes one or more logical carriers, each location group includes one or more physical carriers, and each physical carrier in each location group corresponds to one of the logical carriers in the cell, and the correspondence of the carriers is a carrier
  • the parameter configuration is the same, where the parameter configuration refers to the frequency of the carrier, and the channel type of each time slot of the carrier.
  • the partial parameter configuration of the physical carrier corresponding to a logical carrier may also be different from the logical carrier.
  • the channel type of a certain slot of the physical carrier may be different from the channel type of the logical carrier.
  • One or more location groups may form one sector, and one cell may contain one or more sectors.
  • the processor 1002 first needs to allocate available PDCH resources for each physical carrier in the cell.
  • the processor 1002 is further configured to allocate available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
  • the available PDCH resources are controlled/multiple connected by at least one radio link.
  • the processor 1002 may record the available PDCH resources of the respective physical carriers in a resource admission table, and the first physical carrier recorded in the resource admission table is available. A resource is allocated to the first user equipment in the PDCH.
  • the logical carrier is a logical carrier A
  • the cell includes three location groups
  • the first location group includes a first physical carrier
  • the second location group includes a second physical carrier
  • the three-position group includes a third physical carrier
  • the first, second, and third physical carriers correspond to the logical carrier A.
  • the first, second, and third location groups are grouped into sector A.
  • one logical carrier may include 8 time slots, and the maximum is configurable to 8 PDCHs. Up to 8 user equipments may be multiplexed in the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH of each PDCH, and 7 users may be multiplexed in the PDCH as above.
  • the device and the downlink PDCH can reuse 8 user equipments.
  • the first user equipment is allocated an uplink TBF, the first user equipment is also assigned a USF. Since each user equipment carries one TBF on the uplink, it can also be considered as the TBF assignment carried by the first user equipment.
  • a USF A unique USF is allocated for each user equipment or uplink TBF multiplexed on the uplink PDCH to distinguish different user equipments or uplink TBFs.
  • the USF is carried in the downlink RLC/MAC block, and is used by the base station controller to indicate that the uplink PDCH is used to transmit the uplink RLC/MAC block in the next time period. In actual applications, the base station controller may be controlled by the base station. Any device that can perform this action.
  • Each user equipment uses a TSC (Train Sequence Code) assigned to the user equipment by the base station controller when transmitting the uplink RLC/MAC block, the TSC is a sequence of known sequences, the base station controller and the The user equipment corresponding to the base station controller carries a pre-specified TSC in the code modulated burst when transmitting the RLC/MAC block, and if the user equipment receives the burst signal, if the received burst If the signal includes the TSC, it can be determined to be a burst sent to itself.
  • TSC Train Sequence Code
  • the base station controller When the base station controller receives the burst signal, if the received burst signal uses the TSC, it can be determined that the user equipment sends The burst, therefore, the TSC can be used to distinguish between the uplink and downlink RLC/MAC blocks transmitted by different user equipments.
  • the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block
  • the available PDCH resources allocated to each physical carrier are 1/3 of the logical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier. It is composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, taking the uplink PDCH of a certain PDCH of the logical carrier as an example.
  • every 52 TDMA frame periods of the uplink PDCH are called a 52 multiframe, and each of the 52 multiframe division
  • the RLC/MAC block numbers are B0 to B11.
  • the area 204 in FIG. 2 indicates the RLC/MAC block B0, and each RLC/MAC block occupies 4 frame periods.
  • the indication 204 is an RLC/MAC block, and the frame period is a period of each TDMA frame sent on the PDCH.
  • s and X in FIG. 1 represent idle frames, and available PDCH resources of the uplink PDCH are performed in 52 multiframes.
  • the available PDCH resource of the first physical carrier is the resource 201
  • the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier is the resource 202
  • the available PDCH resource of the third physical carrier is the resource 203.
  • the resource access table may be A physical carrier, a resource 201; a second physical carrier, a resource 202; a third physical carrier, a resource 203.
  • the available PDCH resources on each PDCH may also be divided according to other granularities, such as the granularity of every 20 RLC/MAC blocks.
  • the available PDCH resources occupied by each physical carrier may be proportionally divided.
  • the ratio of available PDCH resources occupied by the first physical carrier, the second physical carrier, and the third physical carrier is 1: 1 : 1 or 1: 2: 3
  • the ratio of available PDCH resources of different PDCHs to different physical carriers of the same logical carrier may be different.
  • the ratio of one uplink or downlink PDCH to three different physical carriers is 1: 1 : 1
  • the ratio of PDCH to three different physical carriers is 1:3:5.
  • the USF domain includes 3 bits, and 8 different values can be set.
  • One USF indicates one user equipment, so each time slot can multiplex up to 8 users.
  • the available PDCH resources on different PDCHs of the same logical carrier can be allocated to different physical carriers in different manners. This embodiment is not described in detail herein.
  • the TFI is an ID (identity, identity number identifier) that identifies the TBF, and corresponds to the TBF. Used to identify the TBF on the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH.
  • the TFI field consists of 5 bits and can be set to 32 different values. That is, for the same PDCH, the uplink PDCH can multiplex up to 32 uplink TBFs, and the downlink PDCH can multiplex up to 32 downlink TBFs.
  • the available PDCH resources for each physical carrier are composed of at least one TFI.
  • the third physical carrier allocates the downlink PDCH.
  • TFI 21 ⁇ 31.
  • the available PDCH resources on different PDCHs of the same logical carrier can be allocated to different physical carriers in different manners. This embodiment is not described in detail herein.
  • the processor 1002 is further configured to acquire a load of the first physical carrier, where a load of the first physical carrier is a PDCH resource occupied by a user equipment currently accessed by the first physical carrier, and the first physical medium is occupied by the first physical a ratio of available PDCH resources of the carrier, and then determining whether the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to a redistribution threshold, and if the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the re-allocation threshold, according to the first user equipment The load of each physical carrier in the sector in which the PDCH resource is allocated for each physical carrier.
  • the processor 1002 may update the resource admission table according to the available PDCH resources of the respective physical carriers that are subdivided.
  • a common cell technology in order to fully utilize a limited frequency resource to cover a large area, a common cell technology is introduced, and the common cell is introduced.
  • the technology refers to setting a location group of a plurality of different physical sites as one cell.
  • a location group refers to a physical area covered by one or more physical carriers under the same site.
  • the cell parameters such as the number of carriers and frequency points of each location group are the same.
  • Each location group covers a certain area, and the continuous coverage area of multiple adjacent location groups is the coverage of the common cell.
  • the common cell is managed by the network side device.
  • the cell in which the first user equipment is located is a cell after the common cell technology is used.
  • Determine whether the cell where the first user equipment is located can perform cell splitting.
  • the processor 1002 is further configured to: when the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipments of the cell is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or when the cell of the cell is When the coverage is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the cell is split into at least two sectors, where the current load of the cell is the proportion of PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the cell, The cell coverage of the cell is a level value of the cell in the measurement report reported by the user equipment, and then allocates available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in the first sector where the first user equipment is located, the first fan The area is any one of the at least two sectors.
  • a split plan of the cell may be formulated according to the number of user equipments accessed by the cell and the distribution of the user equipment, where the split plan includes the cell
  • the physical carrier is allocated to at least two of the sectors, and the PDCH resources occupied by the first user equipment may be adjusted according to the splitting plan, so as to avoid resource conflicts when performing cell splitting.
  • the processor 1002 is specifically configured to split the cell into at least two sectors by using a space division plus orthogonal training sequence technique.
  • the space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology refers to allocating user equipments in different sectors, spatially isolating, and passing different user equipments or TBFs on two physical carriers of different sectors and the same frequency point. Different TSCs are allocated so that the base station can identify the uplink data of different user equipments, and the terminal can identify its own downlink data. Therefore, the cell is split by the space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology, so that better interference isolation is formed between the logical carriers of the at least two sectors obtained after the splitting. Different user equipments or TBFs on two physical carriers of different sectors and the same frequency point can use the same USF or the same TFI.
  • the two different TSCs assigned are as theoretically orthogonal or nearly orthogonal to achieve the best performance.
  • the processor 1002 may transmit data in the first user equipment. If the data volume is greater than the preset capacity threshold, the logic of the at least two sectors is determined when the data volume is greater than the preset capacity threshold. Obtaining the first resource that is not occupied in the carrier And being allocated to the first user equipment again, where the first resource is the same as the identifier of the second resource occupied by the first user equipment before the re-allocation, and the first resource and the logical resource where the second resource is located The parameter configuration is the same.
  • the processor 1002 is further configured to: when the current load of the first sector is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold, or when the current number of user equipments of the first sector is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or When the cell coverage of the first sector is less than or equal to a third splitting threshold, the first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, where the current load of the first sector is the first sector The ratio of the PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the PDCH resource, where the cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
  • the processor 1002 may perform dynamic channel switching.
  • the dynamic channel switching refers to configuring the cell logical carrier to be a TCH (Traffic Channel).
  • TCH Traffic Channel
  • One of the time slots is converted into a PDCH.
  • a dynamic channel release can be performed.
  • the dynamic new release refers to configuring one of the time slots of the PDCH to be converted on the logical carrier of the cell. Into TCH.
  • the processor 1002 is further configured to: when a sector in the sector included in the cell has a sector whose current load is less than or equal to a first merge threshold, or when a sector exists in a sector included in the cell When the current number of access user equipments in the area is less than or equal to the second merge threshold, or when there is a sector in the sector included in the cell that has a cell coverage greater than or equal to the third merge threshold, Acquiring at least two sectors in the included sector, the at least two sectors including at least one of the sectors satisfying the merge condition, wherein the current load of the sector is currently in the available PDCH resources of the sector The proportion of the available PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment, the cell coverage of the sector is the level value of the sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment, and then the at least the Two sectors are merged
  • the resource management device manages the cell PDCH resource according to the sector, so that each physical carrier occupies a reasonable communication resource, and when the cell is determined to be small
  • the cell is split to obtain at least two sectors, and the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in each sector is the same as the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in the pre-split cell, so that the available communication resources of the cell are increased by at least Double, and when the sector satisfies the merge condition, at least two sectors are merged, which saves communication resources, and therefore, the flexibility of the resource allocation manner is improved compared to the prior art.
  • the disclosed systems, apparatus, and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate.
  • the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, i.e., may be located in one place, or may be distributed over multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may be physically included separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of hardware plus software functional units.

Abstract

Embodiments of the present invention provide a resource management method and device, which are applied in the field of communications and can improve the flexibility of resource allocation. The resource management method comprises: receiving an access request of a first user equipment; obtaining communication resources required by the first user equipment according to the access request; and allocating resources to the first user equipment from available PDCH resources of a first physical carrier according to the communication resources required by the first user equipment, the first physical carrier being a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment. The resource management method and device provided by the embodiments of the present invention are used for allocation of communication resources.

Description

一种资源管理方法及装置 技术领域  Resource management method and device
本发明涉及通信领域, 尤其涉及一种资源管理方法及装置。  The present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a resource management method and apparatus.
背景技术 Background technique
GSM( Global System for Mobile Communications,全球移动通信系统) 是一种起源于欧洲的移动通信技术标准,是第二代移动通信技术。在 GSM 系统中, 每个运营商使用的频率资源是 GSM协议规定的, 所以对于每个 运营商来说, 频率资源十分有限。 现有的 GSM系统中, 一个基站控制器 控制一组基站,每个基站下可以有多个物理小区,每个物理小区包含一个 或多个物理载波。 同一个基站下的不同物理小区的参数的配置可能不相 同, 这样就占用了很多宝贵的频点资源, 所述参数为载波数、 频点和信道 配置等, 所述频点是给定的固定频率或跳频组。  GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications) is a mobile communication technology standard originated in Europe and is the second generation mobile communication technology. In the GSM system, the frequency resources used by each operator are specified by the GSM protocol, so the frequency resources are very limited for each operator. In the existing GSM system, one base station controller controls a group of base stations, and each base station may have multiple physical cells, and each physical cell includes one or more physical carriers. The configuration of the parameters of different physical cells in the same base station may be different, which occupies a lot of valuable frequency resources. The parameters are carrier number, frequency point, channel configuration, etc., and the frequency point is given fixed. Frequency or frequency hopping group.
例如在 GSM900 系统中, 用户设备向基站发送信息时占用上行链路 频段, 该上行链路频段的工作频率为 890〜915 MHz, 基站向用户设备发 送信息时占用下行链路频段, 该下行链路频段的工作频率为 935〜960 MHz , 频率间隔为 200KHz , 按照该频率间隔可以将所述上行链路频段从 890MHz至 915MHz均分为 125个无线频率段, 对每个频段的起始频率进 行编号得到上行链路频段的 1 至 125个连续的编号, 如频段 890MHz至 890.2MHz 的起始频率为 890MHz; 相应的, 将所述下行链路频段从 935 MHz至 960MHz均分为 125个无线频率段, 对每个频段的起始频率进行 编号得到下行链路频段的 1至 125个连续的编号;这些对固定频率的编号 就是所述频点,如上行链路频段中频率为 890MHz对应的上行链路频段的 频点为 1。在 GSM网络中可以用频点来指示基站和用户设备的发射频率。 比如: 指定一个载波的频点为 3 , 则用户设备向基站发送信息时占用上行 链路频段中的频率为 890.4MHz, 并且基站向用户设备发送信息时占用下 行链路频段中的频率为 935.4MHz。 每个载波根据配置使用一个给定的固 定频点或使用一个跳频组, 进行上下行链路的收发。 当使用跳频组时, 载 波按照给定规则在某一时刻使用跳频组中的某个频点进行上下行链路的 收发。 For example, in the GSM900 system, when the user equipment sends information to the base station, the uplink frequency band is occupied, and the working frequency of the uplink frequency band is 890 to 915 MHz. When the base station sends information to the user equipment, the downlink frequency band is occupied. The operating frequency of the frequency band is 935~960 MHz, and the frequency interval is 200KHz. According to the frequency interval, the uplink frequency band can be equally divided into 125 radio frequency segments from 890MHz to 915MHz, and the starting frequency of each frequency band is numbered. Obtaining 1 to 125 consecutive numbers of the uplink frequency band, for example, the starting frequency of the frequency band 890 MHz to 890.2 MHz is 890 MHz; correspondingly, the downlink frequency band is equally divided into 125 wireless frequency segments from 935 MHz to 960 MHz. , numbering the starting frequency of each frequency band to obtain 1 to 125 consecutive numbers of the downlink frequency band; these numbers for the fixed frequency are the frequency points, such as the uplink frequency corresponding to the frequency of 890 MHz in the uplink frequency band. The frequency of the channel band is 1. In the GSM network, frequency points can be used to indicate the transmission frequencies of the base station and the user equipment. For example, if the frequency of the specified carrier is 3, the frequency occupied by the user equipment in the uplink frequency band is 890.4 MHz when the user equipment sends the information to the base station, and the frequency occupied by the downlink frequency band is 935.4 MHz when the base station sends the information to the user equipment. . Each carrier uses a given fixed frequency point or uses one frequency hopping group according to the configuration to perform uplink and downlink transmission and reception. When using a frequency hopping group, The wave uses a certain frequency point in the frequency hopping group to transmit and receive uplink and downlink links at a certain time according to a given rule.
现有技术中, 一个载波包括 8 个时隙, 每个时隙可以配置成 TCH ( Traffic Channel , 业务信道)、 PDCH ( Packet Data Channel , 分组数据信 道) 或控制信道。 当一个时隙配置成 PDCH时, 该 PDCH的上行链路称 为上行 PDCH , 该 PDCH的下行链路称为下行 PDCH , 上行 PDCH或下行 PDCH 上最多可复用 8 个用户设备。 上行 PDCH 或下行 PDCH 按照 RLC/MAC ( Radio Link Control I Multiple Access Channel , 无线链路控制 / 多接入信道)块进行数据或信令的收发,每个 RLC/MAC块包含 4个 TDMA ( Time Division Multiple Access , 时分多址) 帧。 一个用户设备只能在一 个小区下进行数据收发, 当用户设备接入小区时,基站控制器会根据接入 请求, 将该小区的一个或多个 PDCH上的上行 PDCH和 /或下行 PDCH的 PDCH资源分配给该用户。所述 PDCH资源可以用 RLC/MAC块数进行描 述, 也可以用 TBF ( Temporary Block Flow, 临时块流)进行描述。 PDCH 可以分布在该小区的一个或多个载波上。 在进行 PDCH 资源分配时, 一 个小区的一个 PDCH的一个 RLC/MAC块只能分配给一个用户设备, 这 导致了资源分配方式的灵活性较低。  In the prior art, one carrier includes 8 time slots, and each time slot can be configured as a TCH (Traffic Channel), a PDCH (Packet Data Channel), or a control channel. When a time slot is configured as a PDCH, the uplink of the PDCH is referred to as an uplink PDCH, and the downlink of the PDCH is referred to as a downlink PDCH, and up to eight user equipments can be multiplexed on the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH. The uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH performs data transmission or transmission according to the RLC/MAC (Radio Link Control I Multiple Access Channel) block, and each RLC/MAC block includes 4 TDMAs (Time Division). Multiple Access, Time Division Multiple Access) frame. A user equipment can only perform data transmission and reception in one cell. When the user equipment accesses the cell, the base station controller performs uplink PDCH on one or more PDCHs of the cell and/or PDCH of the downlink PDCH according to the access request. The resource is assigned to this user. The PDCH resource may be described by the number of RLC/MAC blocks, or may be described by TBF (Temporary Block Flow). The PDCH can be distributed over one or more carriers of the cell. When performing PDCH resource allocation, one RLC/MAC block of one PDCH of one cell can be allocated to only one user equipment, which results in low flexibility of resource allocation.
发明内容 Summary of the invention
本发明的实施例提供一种资源管理方法及装置, 能够提高资源分配 方式的灵活性。  Embodiments of the present invention provide a resource management method and apparatus, which can improve flexibility of a resource allocation manner.
为达到上述目的, 本发明的实施例釆用如下技术方案:  In order to achieve the above object, embodiments of the present invention use the following technical solutions:
第一方面, 提供一种资源管理方法, 包括:  In a first aspect, a resource management method is provided, including:
接收第一用户设备的接入请求;  Receiving an access request of the first user equipment;
根据所述接入请求, 获取所述第一用户设备所需的通信资源; 根据所述第一用户设备所需的通信资源, 在第一物理载波的可用分 组数据信道 PDCH 资源中为所述第一用户设备分配资源, 所述第一物理 载波为所述第一用户设备待接入的物理载波。  Acquiring, according to the access request, the communication resource required by the first user equipment; according to the communication resource required by the first user equipment, in the available packet data channel PDCH resource of the first physical carrier, A user equipment allocates resources, and the first physical carrier is a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment.
结合第一方面, 在第一种可实现方式中, 在所述接收第一用户设备 的接入请求之前, 所述方法还包括: 为所述第一用户设备所在的小区的各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH 资 源。 With the first aspect, in a first implementation manner, before the receiving the access request of the first user equipment, the method further includes: Allocating available PDCH resources for each physical carrier of the cell in which the first user equipment is located.
结合第一种可实现方式, 在第二种可实现方式中, 所述可用 PDCH 资源由至少一个无线链路控制 /多接入信道 RLC/MAC 块组成, 或者由至 少一个上行链路标识 USF组成, 或者由至少一个临时流标识 TFI组成。  In combination with the first implementation manner, in a second implementation manner, the available PDCH resource is composed of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or is composed of at least one uplink identifier USF. Or consist of at least one temporary flow identifier TFI.
结合第一种可实现方式或第二种可实现方式, 在第三种可实现方式 中, 包括: 在所述为所述第一用户设备所在的小区的各个物理载波划分可 用 PDCH资源之后, 所述方法还包括:  In combination with the first achievable manner or the second achievable manner, in a third implementation manner, the method includes: after dividing the available PDCH resources for each physical carrier of the cell where the first user equipment is located, The method also includes:
获取所述第一物理载波的负载, 所述第一物理载波的负载为所述第 一物理载波的可用 PDCH资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资 源的比例;  Acquiring the load of the first physical carrier, where the load of the first physical carrier is a proportion of PDCH resources occupied by user equipment currently accessed by the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier;
判断所述第一物理载波的负载是否大于或等于再分配阈值;  Determining whether the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to a redistribution threshold;
若所述第一物理载波的负载大于或等于所述再分配阈值, 则根据第 一用户设备所在的小区中各个物理载波的负载,再次为所述各个物理载波 划分可用 PDCH资源。  And if the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the re-allocation threshold, the available PDCH resources are separately allocated for the physical carriers according to the load of each physical carrier in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
结合第一方面, 第一种可实现方式、 第二种可实现方式或第三种可 实现方式, 在第四种可实现方式中, 在所述在第一物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源中为所述第一用户设备分配资源之后, 所述方法还包括:  With reference to the first aspect, the first implementable manner, the second implementable manner, or the third implementable manner, in the fourth implementable manner, where the available PDCH resources in the first physical carrier are After the first user equipment allocates resources, the method further includes:
当所述小区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值时, 或者当所述小区 当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂阈值时,或者当所述小区的小区 覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时,将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区,其中, 所述小区当前负载为小区的可用 PDCH 资源中当前接入的用户设备所占 用的 PDCH 资源的比例, 所述小区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报 告中小区的电平值;  When the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold, or when the current number of accessing user equipments of the cell is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold, or when the cell coverage of the cell is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold And dividing the cell into at least two sectors, where the current load of the cell is a proportion of PDCH resources occupied by user equipment currently accessed by the available PDCH resources of the cell, and the cell coverage of the cell is a user. The level value of the cell in the measurement report reported by the device;
为所述第一用户设备所在的第一扇区的各个物理载波分配可用 PDCH资源, 所述第一扇区为所述至少两个扇区中的任意一个扇区。  Allocating available PDCH resources for each physical carrier of the first sector in which the first user equipment is located, where the first sector is any one of the at least two sectors.
结合第四种可实现方式, 在第五种可实现方式中, 所述将小区分裂 为至少两个扇区包括:  With reference to the fourth implementation manner, in the fifth implementation manner, the splitting the cell into at least two sectors includes:
釆用空分加正交训练序列技术将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区。 结合第四种可实现方式或第五种可实现方式, 在第六种可实现方式 中,在所述为所述第一用户设备所在的第一扇区的各个物理载波分配可用The cell is split into at least two sectors using a space division plus orthogonal training sequence technique. In combination with the fourth achievable manner or the fifth achievable manner, in the sixth implementation manner, the physical carrier allocation for the first sector where the first user equipment is located is available.
PDCH资源之后, 所述方法还包括: After the PDCH resource, the method further includes:
判断存储在緩存区域的所述第一用户设备的数据量是否大于预设容 量阈值;  Determining whether the amount of data of the first user equipment stored in the cache area is greater than a preset capacity threshold;
当所述数据量大于所述预设容量阈值时, 在所述至少两个扇区的逻 辑载波中获取未被占用的第一资源再次分配给所述第一用户设备,所述第 一资源与再次分配前所述第一用户设备占用的第二资源的标识相同,所述 第一资源与所述第二资源所处的逻辑载波的参数配置相同。  And acquiring, by the logical carrier of the at least two sectors, an unoccupied first resource to be allocated to the first user equipment again, where the data quantity is greater than the preset capacity threshold, where the first resource is The identifier of the second resource occupied by the first user equipment is the same, and the parameter configuration of the first resource is the same as the logical carrier of the second resource.
结合第四种可实现方式, 第五种可实现方式或第六种可实现方式, 在第七种可实现方式中, 在所述将小区分裂为至少两个扇区之后, 所述方 法还包括:  In combination with the fourth achievable manner, the fifth achievable manner, or the sixth achievable manner, in the seventh implementation manner, after the splitting the cell into at least two sectors, the method further includes :
当所述第一扇区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值时, 或者当所述 第一扇区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂阈值时,或者当所述第 一扇区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时,将所述第一扇区分裂为至 少两个子扇区, 其中, 所述第一扇区当前负载为第一扇区的可用 PDCH 资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源的比例, 所述第一扇区 的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中第一扇区的电平值。  When the current load of the first sector is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipments of the first sector is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or when the first sector is When the cell coverage is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, where the current load of the first sector is currently accessed by the available PDCH resources of the first sector. The ratio of the PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment, the cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
结合第四种可实现方式, 第五种可实现方式或第六种可实现方式, 在第八种可实现方式中, 在所述将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区之后, 所 述方法还包括:  With reference to the fourth implementable manner, the fifth implementable manner or the sixth implementable manner, in the eighth implementable manner, after the splitting the cell into at least two sectors, the method Also includes:
当所述小区所包括的扇区中存在扇区当前负载小于或等于第一合并 阈值的扇区时,或者当所述小区所包括的扇区中存在扇区当前接入用户设 备数小于或等于第二合并阈值的扇区时,或者当所述小区所包括的扇区中 存在小区覆盖大于或等于第三合并阈值的扇区时,从所述小区所包括的扇 区中获取至少两个扇区,所述至少两个扇区中包括至少一个满足所述合并 条件的扇区, 其中, 所述扇区当前负载为扇区的可用 PDCH 资源中当前 接入的用户设备所占用的可用 PDCH 资源的比例, 所述扇区的小区覆盖 为用户设备上报的测量报告中扇区的电平值; 将所述至少两个扇区进行合并。 When there is a sector in the sector included in the cell whose current load is less than or equal to the first merge threshold, or when there is a sector in the sector included in the cell, the number of currently accessed user equipment is less than or equal to Obtaining at least two fans from a sector included in the cell when a sector of the second merge threshold is used, or when a sector with a cell coverage greater than or equal to a third merge threshold exists in a sector included in the cell And the at least two sectors include at least one sector that satisfies the merge condition, where the current load of the sector is an available PDCH resource occupied by a currently accessed user equipment in an available PDCH resource of a sector. The ratio of the cell coverage of the sector to the level value of the sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment; The at least two sectors are merged.
第二方面, 提供一种资源管理设备, 包括:  In a second aspect, a resource management device is provided, including:
接收单元, 用于接收第一用户设备的接入请求;  a receiving unit, configured to receive an access request of the first user equipment;
获取单元, 用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述接入请求, 获取所述 第一用户设备所需的通信资源;  An acquiring unit, configured to acquire, according to the access request received by the receiving unit, a communication resource required by the first user equipment;
第一分配单元, 用于根据所述获取单元获取的第一用户设备所需的 通信资源, 在第一物理载波的可用分组数据信道 PDCH 资源中为所述第 一用户设备分配资源,所述第一物理载波为所述第一用户设备待接入的物 理载波。  a first allocation unit, configured to allocate resources to the first user equipment in an available packet data channel PDCH resource of the first physical carrier according to the communication resource required by the first user equipment acquired by the acquiring unit, where A physical carrier is a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment.
结合第二方面, 在第一种可实现方式中, 所述资源管理设备还包括: 第二分配单元, 用于为所述第一用户设备所在的小区所包括的各个 物理载波划分可用 PDCH资源。  With reference to the second aspect, in a first implementation manner, the resource management device further includes: a second allocation unit, configured to allocate available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
结合第一种可实现方式, 在第二种可实现方式中, 所述可用 PDCH 资源由至少一个无线链路控制 /多接入信道 RLC/MAC 块组成, 或者由至 少一个上行链路标识 USF组成, 或者由至少一个临时流标识 TFI组成。  In combination with the first implementation manner, in a second implementation manner, the available PDCH resource is composed of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or is composed of at least one uplink identifier USF. Or consist of at least one temporary flow identifier TFI.
结合第一种可实现方式或第二种可实现方式, 在第三种可实现方式 中, 包括:  In combination with the first achievable manner or the second achievable manner, in the third achievable manner, the method includes:
所述第二分配单元还用于:  The second allocation unit is further configured to:
获取所述第一物理载波的负载, 所述第一物理载波的负载为所述第 一物理载波当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源占所述第一物理载 波的可用 PDCH资源的比例;  Obtaining a load of the first physical carrier, where a load of the first physical carrier is a ratio of a PDCH resource occupied by a user equipment currently accessed by the first physical carrier to an available PDCH resource of the first physical carrier;
判断所述第一物理载波的负载是否大于或等于再分配阈值;  Determining whether the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to a redistribution threshold;
若所述第一物理载波的负载大于或等于所述再分配阈值, 则根据第 一用户设备所在的小区中各个物理载波的负载,再次为所述各个物理载波 划分可用 PDCH资源。  And if the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the re-allocation threshold, the available PDCH resources are separately allocated for the physical carriers according to the load of each physical carrier in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
结合第二方面, 第一种可实现方式、 第二种可实现方式或第三种可 实现方式, 在第四种可实现方式中, 所述资源管理设备还包括:  With reference to the second aspect, the first achievable manner, the second achievable manner, or the third achievable manner, in the fourth implementation manner, the resource management device further includes:
分裂单元, 当所述小区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值时, 或者 当所述小区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂阈值时,或者当所述 小区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时,将所述小区分裂为至少两个 扇区, 其中, 所述小区当前负载为小区的可用 PDCH 资源中当前接入的 用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源的比例, 所述小区的小区覆盖为用户设备 上报的测量报告中小区的电平值; a splitting unit, when the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold, or when the current number of accessing user equipments of the cell is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or when When the cell coverage of the cell is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the cell is split into at least two sectors, where the current load of the cell is the PDCH resource occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the available PDCH resource of the cell. The ratio of the cell coverage of the cell to the level of the cell in the measurement report reported by the user equipment;
所述第二分配单元具体用于为所述第一用户设备所在的第一扇区所 包括的各个物理载波分配可用 PDCH 资源, 所述第一扇区为所述至少两 个扇区中的任意一个扇区。  The second allocation unit is configured to allocate an available PDCH resource to each physical carrier included in the first sector where the first user equipment is located, where the first sector is any one of the at least two sectors. One sector.
结合第四种可实现方式, 在第五种可实现方式中, 所述分裂单元具 体用于, 釆用空分加正交训练序列技术将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区。  In conjunction with the fourth achievable manner, in a fifth implementation manner, the splitting unit is configured to split the cell into at least two sectors by using a space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology.
结合第四种可实现方式或第五种可实现方式, 在第六种可实现方式 中, 所述第一分配单元还用于:  In combination with the fourth achievable manner or the fifth achievable manner, in the sixth achievable manner, the first allocating unit is further configured to:
判断存储在緩存区域的所述第一用户设备的数据量是否大于预设容 量阈值;  Determining whether the amount of data of the first user equipment stored in the cache area is greater than a preset capacity threshold;
当所述数据量大于所述预设容量阈值时, 在所述至少两个扇区的逻 辑载波中获取未被占用的第一资源再次分配给所述第一用户设备,所述第 一资源与再次分配前所述第一用户设备占用的第二资源的标识相同,所述 第一资源与所述第二资源所处的逻辑载波的参数配置相同。  And acquiring, by the logical carrier of the at least two sectors, an unoccupied first resource to be allocated to the first user equipment again, where the data quantity is greater than the preset capacity threshold, where the first resource is The identifier of the second resource occupied by the first user equipment is the same, and the parameter configuration of the first resource is the same as the logical carrier of the second resource.
结合第四种可实现方式, 第五种可实现方式或第六种可实现方式, 在第七种可实现方式中, 所述分裂单元还用于:  In combination with the fourth achievable manner, the fifth achievable manner or the sixth achievable manner, in the seventh achievable manner, the splitting unit is further configured to:
当所述第一扇区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值时, 或者当所述 第一扇区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂阈值时,或者当所述第 一扇区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时,将所述第一扇区分裂为至 少两个子扇区, 其中, 所述第一扇区当前负载为第一扇区的可用 PDCH 资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源的比例, 所述第一扇区 的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中第一扇区的电平值。  When the current load of the first sector is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipments of the first sector is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or when the first sector is When the cell coverage is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, where the current load of the first sector is currently accessed by the available PDCH resources of the first sector. The ratio of the PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment, the cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
结合第四种可实现方式, 第五种可实现方式或第六种可实现方式, 在第八种可实现方式中, 所述资源管理设备还包括合并单元, 所述合并单 元用于当所述小区所包括的扇区中存在扇区当前负载小于或等于第一合 并阈值的扇区时,或者当所述小区所包括的扇区中存在扇区当前接入用户 设备数小于或等于第二合并阈值的扇区时,或者当所述小区所包括的扇区 中存在小区覆盖大于或等于第三合并阈值的扇区时,从所述小区所包括的 扇区中获取至少两个扇区,所述至少两个扇区中包括至少一个所述满足合 并条件的扇区, 其中, 所述扇区当前负载为扇区的可用 PDCH 资源中当 前接入的用户设备所占用的可用 PDCH 资源的比例, 所述扇区的小区覆 盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中扇区的电平值; In combination with the fourth achievable manner, the fifth achievable manner, or the sixth achievable manner, in the eighth implementation manner, the resource management device further includes a merging unit, where the merging unit is used to When there is a sector in the sector included in the cell whose current load is less than or equal to the first merge threshold, or when there is a sector currently accessing the user in the sector included in the cell When the number of devices is less than or equal to the sector of the second merge threshold, or when there is a sector in the sector included in the cell that has a cell coverage greater than or equal to the third merge threshold, from the sector included in the cell Obtaining at least two sectors, the at least two sectors including at least one of the sectors satisfying a merge condition, where the current load of the sector is a user equipment currently accessed in a available PDCH resource of a sector The proportion of available PDCH resources, the cell coverage of the sector is the level value of the sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment;
所述合并单元还用于将所述至少两个扇区进行合并。  The merging unit is further configured to merge the at least two sectors.
第三方面, 提供一种资源管理设备, 包括:  In a third aspect, a resource management device is provided, including:
接收机, 用于接收第一用户设备的接入请求;  a receiver, configured to receive an access request of the first user equipment;
处理器, 用于根据所述接收机接收的所述接入请求, 获取所述第一 用户设备所需的通信资源;  a processor, configured to acquire, according to the access request received by the receiver, a communication resource required by the first user equipment;
所述处理器还用于根据所述第一用户设备所需的通信资源, 在第一 物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源中为所述第一用户设备分配资源, 所述第一 物理载波为所述第一用户设备待接入的物理载波。  The processor is further configured to allocate resources to the first user equipment in an available PDCH resource of the first physical carrier according to the communication resource required by the first user equipment, where the first physical carrier is the first A physical carrier to be accessed by a user equipment.
结合第三方面, 在第一种可实现方式中, 所述处理器还用于为所述 第一用户设备所在的小区所包括的各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH资源。  With reference to the third aspect, in a first implementation manner, the processor is further configured to allocate available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in a cell where the first user equipment is located.
结合第一种可实现方式, 在第二种可实现方式中, 所述可用 PDCH 资源由至少一个无线链路控制 /多接入信道 RLC/MAC 块组成, 或者由至 少一个上行链路标识 USF组成, 或者由至少一个临时流标识 TFI组成。  In combination with the first implementation manner, in a second implementation manner, the available PDCH resource is composed of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or is composed of at least one uplink identifier USF. Or consist of at least one temporary flow identifier TFI.
结合第一种可实现方式或第二种可实现方式, 在第三种可实现方式 中, 所述处理器还用于获取所述第一物理载波的负载, 所述第一物理载波 的负载为所述第一物理载波当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源占 所述第一物理载波的可用 PDCH资源的比例;  In combination with the first achievable manner or the second achievable manner, in a third implementation manner, the processor is further configured to acquire a load of the first physical carrier, where a load of the first physical carrier is a ratio of PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment currently accessed by the first physical carrier to available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier;
判断所述第一物理载波的负载是否大于或等于再分配阈值; 若所述第一物理载波的负载大于或等于所述再分配阈值, 则根据第 一用户设备所在的小区中各个物理载波的负载,再次为所述各个物理载波 划分可用 PDCH资源。  Determining whether the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to a re-allocation threshold; if the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the re-allocation threshold, according to the load of each physical carrier in the cell where the first user equipment is located And dividing the available PDCH resources for the respective physical carriers again.
结合第三方面, 第一种可实现方式、 第二种可实现方式或第三种可 实现方式, 在第四种可实现方式中, 所述处理器具体用于当所述小区当前 负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值时,或者当所述小区当前接入用户设备数大 于或等于第二分裂阈值时,或者当所述小区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分 裂阈值时, 将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区, 其中, 所述小区当前负载为 小区的可用 PDCH资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源的比 例, 所述小区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中小区的电平值; 所述处理器还用于为所述第一用户设备所在的第一扇区所包括的各 个物理载波分配可用 PDCH 资源, 所述第一扇区为所述至少两个扇区中 的任意一个扇区。 With reference to the third aspect, the first implementation manner, the second implementation manner, or the third implementation manner, in a fourth implementation manner, the processor is specifically configured to be used when the cell is currently When the load is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipments of the cell is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold, or when the cell coverage of the cell is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, The cell is split into at least two sectors, where the current load of the cell is the proportion of the PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the cell, and the cell coverage of the cell is the measurement report reported by the user equipment. a level value of the middle cell; the processor is further configured to allocate an available PDCH resource to each physical carrier included in the first sector where the first user equipment is located, where the first sector is the at least two Any sector in the sector.
结合第四种可实现方式, 在第五种可实现方式中, 所述处理器具体 用于釆用空分加正交训练序列技术将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区。  With reference to the fourth implementation manner, in a fifth implementation manner, the processor is specifically configured to split the cell into at least two sectors by using a space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology.
结合第四种可实现方式或第五种可实现方式, 在第六种可实现方式 中,所述处理器还用于判断存储在緩存区域的所述第一用户设备的数据量 是否大于预设容量阈值;  In combination with the fourth achievable manner or the fifth achievable manner, the processor is further configured to determine whether the amount of data of the first user equipment stored in the cache area is greater than a preset. Capacity threshold
当所述数据量大于所述预设容量阈值时, 在所述至少两个扇区的逻 辑载波中获取未被占用的第一资源再次分配给所述第一用户设备,所述第 一资源与再次分配前所述第一用户设备占用的第二资源的标识相同,所述 第一资源与所述第二资源所处的逻辑载波的参数配置相同。  And acquiring, by the logical carrier of the at least two sectors, an unoccupied first resource to be allocated to the first user equipment again, where the data quantity is greater than the preset capacity threshold, where the first resource is The identifier of the second resource occupied by the first user equipment is the same, and the parameter configuration of the first resource is the same as the logical carrier of the second resource.
结合第四种可实现方式, 第五种可实现方式或第六种可实现方式, 在第七种可实现方式中,所述处理器还用于当所述第一扇区当前负载大于 或等于第一分裂阈值时,或者当所述第一扇区当前接入用户设备数大于或 等于第二分裂阈值时,或者当所述第一扇区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分 裂阈值时, 将所述第一扇区分裂为至少两个子扇区, 其中, 所述第一扇区 当前负载为第一扇区的可用 PDCH 资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源的比例,所述第一扇区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告 中第一扇区的电平值。  In combination with the fourth achievable manner, the fifth achievable manner or the sixth achievable manner, in a seventh implementation manner, the processor is further configured to: when the current load of the first sector is greater than or equal to When the first split threshold is used, or when the number of current access user equipments of the first sector is greater than or equal to a second split threshold, or when the cell coverage of the first sector is less than or equal to a third split threshold, The first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, where the current load of the first sector is a proportion of PDCH resources occupied by user equipment currently accessed by the available PDCH resources of the first sector, The cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
结合第四种可实现方式, 第五种可实现方式或第六种可实现方式, 在第八种可实现方式中所述处理器还用于当所述小区所包括的扇区中存 在扇区当前负载小于或等于第一合并阈值的扇区时,或者当所述小区所包 括的扇区中存在扇区当前接入用户设备数小于或等于第二合并阈值的扇 区时,或者当所述小区所包括的扇区中存在小区覆盖大于或等于第三合并 阈值的扇区时,从所述小区所包括的扇区中获取至少两个扇区, 所述至少 两个扇区中包括至少一个所述满足合并条件的扇区, 其中, 所述扇区当前 负载为扇区的可用 PDCH 资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的可用 PDCH资源的比例,所述扇区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中扇 区的电平值; In combination with the fourth achievable manner, the fifth achievable manner or the sixth achievable manner, in an eighth implementation manner, the processor is further configured to: when a sector exists in a sector included in the cell When the current load is less than or equal to the sector of the first merge threshold, or when there is a sector in the sector included in the cell, the number of current access user equipments of the sector is less than or equal to the second merge threshold And when at least one of the sectors included in the cell has a cell coverage greater than or equal to a third merge threshold, at least two sectors are acquired from the sector included in the cell, the at least two The sector includes at least one of the sectors satisfying the merging condition, wherein the current load of the sector is the proportion of available PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the sector, the fan The cell coverage of the area is the level value of the sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment;
将所述至少两个扇区进行合并。  The at least two sectors are merged.
本发明实施例提供的资源管理的方法及装置, 将小区 PDCH 资源按 照扇区进行管理, 使得每个物理载波占用合理的通信资源, 且当小区能够 进行小区分裂时, 将所述小区分裂得到至少两个扇区, 每个扇区存在的逻 辑载波的参数配置与分裂前小区存在的逻辑载波的参数配置对应相同,从 而小区可用的通信资源增加了至少一倍, 并且在扇区满足合并条件时, 将 至少两个扇区进行合并, 节约了通信资源, 因此, 相较于现有技术, 提高 了资源分配方式的灵活性。  The method and device for resource management according to the embodiment of the present invention manages a cell PDCH resource according to a sector, so that each physical carrier occupies a reasonable communication resource, and when the cell can perform cell splitting, the cell is split to at least Two sectors, the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in each sector is the same as the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in the pre-split cell, so that the available communication resources of the cell are increased by at least one time, and when the sector satisfies the merge condition The merging of at least two sectors saves communication resources, and therefore, the flexibility of the resource allocation manner is improved compared to the prior art.
附图说明 对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍, 显而易见 地, 下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术 人员来讲, 在不付出创造性劳动的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他 的附图 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS The accompanying drawings, which are set forth in the drawings Other drawings can be obtained from these drawings without creative work.
图 1为本发明实施例提供的一种资源管理方法流程图;  FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a resource management method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2为本发明实施例提供的一种物理载波可用 PDCH资源示意图; 图 3为本发明实施例提供的另一种资源管理方法流程图;  2 is a schematic diagram of a physical carrier available PDCH resource according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 3 is a flowchart of another resource management method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 4为本发明实施例提供的又一种资源管理方法流程图;  FIG. 4 is a flowchart of still another resource management method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 5为本发明实施例提供的再一种资源管理方法流程图;  FIG. 5 is a flowchart of still another resource management method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 6为本发明实施例提供的一种资源管理设备结构示意图; 图 7为本发明实施例提供的另一种资源管理设备结构示意图; 图 8为本发明实施例提供的又一种资源管理设备结构示意图; 图 9为本发明实施例提供的再一种资源管理设备结构示意图; 图 10为本发明实施例提供的又另一种资源管理设备结构示意图。 具体实施方式 FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource management device according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another resource management device according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 8 is still another resource management device according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another resource management device according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of still another resource management device according to an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术方案 进行清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施 例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员 在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保 护的范围。  The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
本发明实施例提供一种资源管理方法, 用于网络侧设备, 本发明实 施例以基站控制器为例进行说明, 并不单指基站控制器, 本发明实施例中 第一用户设备所在的小区对应一个基站控制器,该基站控制器可以管理多 个基站, 基站控制器对于资源的管理通常通过各个基站进行具体的实施, 如图 1所示, 所述资源管理方法包括:  The embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management method, which is used for a network side device. The embodiment of the present invention is described by using a base station controller as an example, and does not refer to a base station controller. A base station controller, the base station controller can manage a plurality of base stations, and the management of the resources by the base station controller is generally implemented by each base station. As shown in FIG. 1, the resource management method includes:
步骤 101、 接收第一用户设备的接入请求。  Step 101: Receive an access request of the first user equipment.
小区中的第一用户设备通过所述接入请求向所述基站控制器申请分 配 PDCH资源, 即第一用户设备需要使用 PDCH进行数据传输, 所述接 入请求首先发送给与第一用户设备所在地对应的基站,然后通过该基站发 送给基站控制器。 所述小区的逻辑载波中存在至少一个 PDCH, 所述小区 为逻辑小区, 即所述逻辑载波所覆盖的所有区域。  The first user equipment in the cell requests the base station controller to allocate the PDCH resource by using the access request, that is, the first user equipment needs to use the PDCH for data transmission, and the access request is first sent to the location of the first user equipment. The corresponding base station is then transmitted to the base station controller through the base station. There is at least one PDCH in the logical carrier of the cell, and the cell is a logical cell, that is, all areas covered by the logical carrier.
所述接入请求可以是第一用户设备发送的 EGPRS ( Enhanced General Packet Radio Service, 即增强型通用分组无线服务技术 )分组信道请求消 息, 分组信道请求消息或信道请求消息的任意一种请求消息。  The access request may be any one of the EGPRS (Enhanced General Packet Radio Service) packet channel request message, the packet channel request message or the channel request message sent by the first user equipment.
步骤 102、 根据所述接入请求, 获取所述第一用户设备所需的通信资 源。  Step 102: Acquire, according to the access request, a communication resource required by the first user equipment.
所述接入请求中一般包含第一用户设备发送的接入请求的类型、 或 者第一用户设备的终端能力等信息。基站控制器根据所述接入请求判断所 述第一用户设备能够接入的物理载波以及该第一用户设备所需的 PDCH 资源, 本实施例中第一用户设备能够接入的物理载波为第一物理载波。  The access request generally includes information such as the type of the access request sent by the first user equipment, or the terminal capability of the first user equipment. The base station controller determines, according to the access request, the physical carrier that the first user equipment can access and the PDCH resource that is required by the first user equipment. In this embodiment, the physical carrier that the first user equipment can access is the first A physical carrier.
步骤 103、 根据所述第一用户设备所需的通信资源, 在第一物理载波 的可用 PDCH 资源中为所述第一用户设备分配资源, 所述第一物理载波 为所述第一用户设备待接入的物理载波。 Step 103: Allocate resources to the first user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier according to the communication resources required by the first user equipment, where the first physical carrier a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment.
所述可用 PDCH 资源是预先设置的, 在获取所述第一物理载波的可 用 PDCH资源之前,基站控制器预先为每一个物理载波划分了可用 PDCH 资源。  The available PDCH resources are preset. Before acquiring the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier, the base station controller divides the available PDCH resources for each physical carrier in advance.
可选的, 在接收第一用户设备的接入请求之前, 基站控制器需要首 先为所述第一用户设备所在的小区所包括的各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH资源, 然后才能在第一物理载波的可用 PDCH资源中, 为第一用户 设备分配资源, 通常情况下, 所述可用 PDCH 资源由至少一个无线链路 控制 /多接入信道 RLC/MAC块组成, 或者由至少一个上行链路标识 USF 组成, 或者由至少一个临时流标识 TFI组成, 即每个所述物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为至少一个 RLC/MAC块; 或者至少一个上行链路标识 USF; 或者至少一个由至少一个临时流标识 TFI。 实际应用中, 基站控制器可以 根据每个物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源, 建立资源准入表, 该资源准入表 用于记录小区的各个物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源, 保证每一个物理载波 都有可用的 PDCH资源, 且两两物理载波不存在重合的可用 PDCH资源。  Optionally, before receiving the access request of the first user equipment, the base station controller needs to first allocate available PDCH resources for each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located, and then can be in the first physical carrier. The first user equipment is allocated resources in the available PDCH resources. Generally, the available PDCH resources are composed of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or are composed of at least one uplink identifier USF. Or consisting of at least one temporary flow identifier TFI, that is, an available PDCH resource of each of the physical carriers is at least one RLC/MAC block; or at least one uplink identifier USF; or at least one identifier TFI is identified by at least one temporary flow. In a practical application, the base station controller may establish a resource admission table according to available PDCH resources of each physical carrier, where the resource admission table is used to record available PDCH resources of each physical carrier of the cell, and ensure that each physical carrier is available. PDCH resources, and there are no overlapping PDCH resources in the two physical carriers.
这样一来, 由于为每一个物理载波预先设置了对应的可用 PDCH 资 源, 当为用户设备分配 PDCH 资源的时候, 在用户设备待接入的物理载 波对应的可用 PDCH资源中为所述用户设备分配 PDCH资源, 提高了资 源分配方式的灵活性。  In this way, since the corresponding available PDCH resource is preset for each physical carrier, when the PDCH resource is allocated to the user equipment, the user equipment is allocated in the available PDCH resource corresponding to the physical carrier to be accessed by the user equipment. PDCH resources increase the flexibility of resource allocation.
需要说明的, 在通信系统中小区可以划分成一个或多个位置组, 各 个位置组的配置和小区一致, 所述配置为 BCCH 频点、 载波数等。 位置 组的部分配置和小区也可以不同,如位置组的载波数可以与小区的载波数 不同。每个小区包含一个或多个逻辑载波, 每个位置组包含一个或多个物 理载波, 每个位置组中的每一个物理载波对应小区中的其中一个逻辑载 波, 所述载波的对应就是载波的参数配置相同, 其中参数配置指的是载波 的频点、 载波每个时隙的信道类型等配置。 在实际应用中, 与一个逻辑载 波对应的物理载波的部分参数配置也可以与逻辑载波不相同, 例如, 物理 载波的某个时隙的信道类型可以与逻辑载波该时隙的信道类型不同。一个 或多个位置组可以组成一个扇区, 一个小区可以包含一个或多个扇区。 假设第一用户设备所在的小区占用一个频点的资源, 即该小区共有 一个逻辑载波,但该小区可能含有多个位置组, 每个位置组的载波称为物 理载波, 所有位置组的物理载波共用一个逻辑载波的资源。 本实施例中, 所述第一用户设备所在的物理载波为第一物理载波。 It should be noted that, in the communication system, the cell may be divided into one or more location groups, and the configuration of each location group is consistent with the cell, and the configuration is a BCCH frequency, a carrier number, and the like. The partial configuration of the location group and the cell may also be different. For example, the number of carriers of the location group may be different from the number of carriers of the cell. Each cell includes one or more logical carriers, each location group includes one or more physical carriers, and each physical carrier in each location group corresponds to one of the logical carriers in the cell, and the correspondence of the carriers is a carrier The parameter configuration is the same, where the parameter configuration refers to the frequency of the carrier, and the channel type of each time slot of the carrier. In a practical application, the partial parameter configuration of the physical carrier corresponding to one logical carrier may also be different from the logical carrier. For example, the channel type of a certain time slot of the physical carrier may be different from the channel type of the logical carrier. One or more location groups may form one sector, and one cell may contain one or more sectors. It is assumed that the cell where the first user equipment is located occupies a resource of one frequency point, that is, the cell has one logical carrier, but the cell may have multiple location groups, and the carrier of each location group is called a physical carrier, and the physical carrier of all the location groups. A resource that shares a logical carrier. In this embodiment, the physical carrier where the first user equipment is located is the first physical carrier.
在为第一用户设备在该第一用户设备待接入的第一物理载波的可用 Providing the first physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment in the first user equipment
PDCH 资源上分配资源之前, 需要首先为小区中各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH资源。 Before allocating resources on a PDCH resource, you need to first allocate available PDCH resources for each physical carrier in the cell.
示例的, 假设第一用户设备所在的小区共有一个逻辑载波, 该逻辑 载波为逻辑载波 A, 该小区包括 3个位置组, 第一位置组包含第一物理载 波,第二位置组包含第二物理载波,第三位置组包含第三物理载波,第一、 第二、 第三物理载波与逻辑载波 A对应。 初始时, 第一、 第二、 第三位 置组组成扇区 A。 现有技术中, 一个逻辑载波可以包括 8个时隙, 最大可 配置成 8个 PDCH, 每个 PDCH的上行 PDCH或下行 PDCH最大可以复 用 8个用户设备, 如上行 PDCH可复用 7个用户设备、 下行 PDCH可复 用 8个用户设备。 当为第一用户设备分配上行 TBF时, 同时为第一用户 设备分配了一个 USF , 由于每一个用户设备在上行都携带一个 TBF , 因 此也可以认为同时为该第一用户设备所携带的 TBF分配了一个 USF。 为 在该上行 PDCH 上复用的每一个用户设备或上行 TBF 分配一个唯一的 USF , 以便于区分不同的用户设备或上行 TBF。 所述 USF 是在下行 RLC/MAC块中携带, 用于基站控制器指示在下一个时段占用上行 PDCH 进行发送上行 RLC/MAC块的用户设备或 TBF , 在实际应用中,基站控制 器可以为基站控制器的任意能够完成该动作的设备。每一个用户设备在发 送上行 RLC/MAC块时, 使用由基站控制器指定给用户设备的 TSC(Train Sequence Code , 训练序列码), 所述 TSC为一串已知序列, 基站控制器和 与该基站控制器对应的用户设备在发送 RLC/MAC块时,在编码调制后的 突发脉冲中都携带一个预先指定的 TSC , 当用户设备接收到突发脉冲信 号时, 如果接收到的突发脉冲信号包含该 TSC , 则可认定是发送给自己 的突发脉冲, 当基站控制器接收到突发脉冲信号时, 如果接收到的突发脉 冲信号使用包含该 TSC , 则可认定是该用户设备发送的突发脉冲, 因此, TSC可以用来区分不同用户设备发送的上、 下行 RLC/MAC块。 如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组 成, 初始化时, 每个物理载波被分配的可用 PDCH 资源为所述逻辑载波 的 1/3 , 且每个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组 成, 以逻辑载波的某一 PDCH的上行 PDCH为例, 如图 2所示, 该上行 PDCH的每 52个 TDMA帧周期称为一个 52复帧, 每个所述 52复帧划分 成 12个 RLC/MAC块, 所述 RLC/MAC块编号为 B0至 B 11 , 例如, 图 2 中区域 204指示 RLC/MAC块 B0 , 每个 RLC/MAC块占用 4个帧周期, 图中所示 204即为一个 RLC/MAC块, 所述帧周期为 PDCH上每发送一 个 TDMA帧的周期, 特别的, 图 1 中 s和 X表示空闲帧, 该上行 PDCH 的可用 PDCH资源按 52复帧进行划分: 其中第一物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源为资源 201 , 第二物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为资源 202、 第三物理 载波的可用 PDCH资源为资源 203。 实际应用中, 资源准入表可以由第一 物理载波, 资源 201 ; 第二物理载波, 资源 202; 第三物理载波, 资源 203 组成。 需要说明的, 每个 PDCH上的可用 PDCH资源也可以按照其他粒 度进行划分, 如按照每 20个 RLC/MAC块的粒度。 每个物理载波占用的 可用 PDCH 资源可以按比例划分, 例如, 第一物理载波、 第二物理载波 和第三物理载波所占用的可用 PDCH资源的比例为 1 : 1 : 1或者 1 : 2: 3 , 也可以不做限定进行随机分配, 本发明实施例对此不做详述。 同一个逻辑 载波的不同 PDCH的可用 PDCH资源划分给不同物理载波的比例可以不 一样, 如一个上行或下行 PDCH划分给三个不同的物理载波的比例为 1 : 1 : 1 , 另一个上行或下行 PDCH划分给三个不同的物理载波的比例为 1 : 3 : 5。 For example, it is assumed that the cell where the first user equipment is located has a logical carrier, the logical carrier is a logical carrier A, the cell includes three location groups, the first location group includes a first physical carrier, and the second location group includes a second physical group. The carrier, the third location group includes a third physical carrier, and the first, second, and third physical carriers correspond to the logical carrier A. Initially, the first, second, and third location groups constitute sector A. In the prior art, one logical carrier may include 8 time slots, and the maximum configurable is 8 PDCHs. The uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH of each PDCH may be multiplexed with up to 8 user equipments, and the foregoing PDCH may be multiplexed with 7 users. The device and the downlink PDCH can reuse 8 user equipments. When the first user equipment is allocated an uplink TBF, the first user equipment is also assigned a USF. Since each user equipment carries one TBF in the uplink, it can also be considered that the TBF carried by the first user equipment is also allocated. A USF. A unique USF is allocated for each user equipment or uplink TBF multiplexed on the uplink PDCH to distinguish different user equipments or uplink TBFs. The USF is carried in the downlink RLC/MAC block, and is used by the base station controller to indicate that the uplink PDCH is used to transmit the uplink RLC/MAC block in the next time period. In actual applications, the base station controller may be controlled by the base station. Any device that can perform this action. Each user equipment uses a TSC (Train Sequence Code) assigned to the user equipment by the base station controller when transmitting the uplink RLC/MAC block, and the TSC is a sequence of known sequences, the base station controller and the The user equipment corresponding to the base station controller carries a pre-specified TSC in the code modulated burst when transmitting the RLC/MAC block, and if the user equipment receives the burst signal, if the received burst If the signal includes the TSC, it can be determined to be a burst sent to itself. When the base station controller receives the burst signal, if the received burst signal uses the TSC, it can be determined that the user equipment sends Burst, therefore, The TSC can be used to distinguish between uplink and downlink RLC/MAC blocks sent by different user equipments. If the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, when initializing, the available PDCH resources allocated to each physical carrier are 1/3 of the logical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier. It is composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, taking the uplink PDCH of a certain PDCH of the logical carrier as an example. As shown in FIG. 2, every 52 TDMA frame periods of the uplink PDCH are called a 52 multiframe, and each of the The 52 multiframe is divided into 12 RLC/MAC blocks, and the RLC/MAC block numbers are B0 to B11. For example, the area 204 in FIG. 2 indicates the RLC/MAC block B0, and each RLC/MAC block occupies 4 frame periods. 204 is an RLC/MAC block, and the frame period is a period of each TDMA frame sent on the PDCH. In particular, s and X in FIG. 1 represent idle frames, and available PDCH resources of the uplink PDCH are pressed. The multi-frame is divided into two: The available PDCH resource of the first physical carrier is the resource 201, the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier is the resource 202, and the available PDCH resource of the third physical carrier is the resource 203. In a practical application, the resource admission table may be composed of a first physical carrier, a resource 201, a second physical carrier, a resource 202, a third physical carrier, and a resource 203. It should be noted that the available PDCH resources on each PDCH may also be divided according to other granularities, such as the granularity of every 20 RLC/MAC blocks. The available PDCH resources occupied by each physical carrier may be proportionally divided. For example, the ratio of available PDCH resources occupied by the first physical carrier, the second physical carrier, and the third physical carrier is 1: 1 : 1 or 1: 2: 3 It is also possible to perform random allocation without limitation, which is not described in detail in the embodiments of the present invention. The ratio of available PDCH resources of different PDCHs to different physical carriers of the same logical carrier may be different. For example, the ratio of one uplink or downlink PDCH to three different physical carriers is 1: 1 : 1 , and another uplink or downlink The ratio of PDCH to three different physical carriers is 1:3:5.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的, USF 域包括 3个比特, 可设置 8个不同值, 一个 USF指示一个用户设备, 所 以每一个时隙最多复用 8个用户。 每个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由 至少一个 USF组成的。 以逻辑载波的某一 PDCH为例, 第一物理载波分 配该 PDCH的 USF=0〜 2 , 第二物理载波分配该该 PDCH的 USF=3〜5 , 第 三物理载波分配该 PDCH的 USF=6和 USF=7。 实际应用中, 资源准入表 记录的该 PDCH的可用 PDCH资源划分为: 第一物理载波, USF=0〜 2; 第二物理载波, USF=3〜 5 ; 第三物理载波, USF=6和 USF=7。 同一个逻 辑载波的不同 PDCH上的可用 PDCH资源可以按照不同的方式划分给不 同物理载波, 本实施例在此不做详述。 If the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one USF, the USF domain includes 3 bits, and 8 different values can be set. One USF indicates one user equipment, so each time slot can multiplex up to 8 users. The available PDCH resources for each physical carrier are composed of at least one USF. Taking a PDCH of the logical carrier as an example, the first physical carrier allocates USF=0~2 of the PDCH, the second physical carrier allocates USF=3~5 of the PDCH, and the third physical carrier allocates USF=6 of the PDCH. And USF=7. In practical applications, the resource access table The available PDCH resources of the recorded PDCH are divided into: a first physical carrier, USF=0~2; a second physical carrier, USF=3~5; a third physical carrier, USF=6 and USF=7. The available PDCH resources on different PDCHs of the same logical carrier may be allocated to different physical carriers in different manners. This embodiment is not described in detail herein.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 TFI组成的, 所 述 TFI是标识 TBF的 ID ( Identity, 身份号码标识 ), 与 TBF——对应, 用于在上行 PDCH或下行 PDCH上标识 TBF。 TFI域包括 5个比特, 可 设置 32个不同值, 即对于同一个 PDCH, 上行 PDCH最多可以复用 32 个上行的 TBF , 下行 PDCH最多可以复用 32个下行的 TBF。 每个物理载 波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 TFI组成的。 以逻辑载波的某一下行 PDCH为例, 第一物理载波分配该下行 PDCH的 TFI=0〜10 , 第二物理载 波分配该下行 PDCH的 TFI=11〜20 , 第三物理载波分配该下行 PDCH的 TFI=21〜31 , 实际应用中, 资源准入表记录的该下行 PDCH的可用 PDCH 资源划分为: 第一物理载波, TFI=0〜10; 第二物理载波, TFI=11〜20; 第 三物理载波, TFI=21〜31。 同一个逻辑载波的不同 PDCH上的可用 PDCH 资源可以按照不同的方式划分给不同物理载波, 本实施例在此不做详述。  If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one TFI, the TFI is an ID (identity, identity number identifier) that identifies the TBF, and corresponds to the TBF, and is used to identify the TBF on the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH. The TFI field consists of 5 bits and can be set to 32 different values. That is, for the same PDCH, the uplink PDCH can multiplex up to 32 uplink TBFs, and the downlink PDCH can multiplex up to 32 downlink TBFs. The available PDCH resources for each physical carrier are composed of at least one TFI. Taking a downlink PDCH of the logical carrier as an example, the first physical carrier allocates TFI=0~10 of the downlink PDCH, and the second physical carrier allocates TFI=11~20 of the downlink PDCH, and the third physical carrier allocates the downlink PDCH. TFI=21~31. In practical applications, the available PDCH resources of the downlink PDCH recorded in the resource admission table are divided into: a first physical carrier, TFI=0~10; a second physical carrier, TFI=11~20; Physical carrier, TFI=21~31. The available PDCH resources on different PDCHs of the same logical carrier can be allocated to different physical carriers in different manners. This embodiment is not described in detail herein.
需要说明的是, 本实施例中可用 PDCH资源的分配可以按一个 52复 帧为单位, 也可以按一个时隙为单位或者按一个逻辑载波为单位。在通信 过程中, 所述第一物理载波的负载是不断变化的, 当接入第一物理载波的 用户设备较多时, 可以重新分配每个物理载波所占用的可用 PDCH资源, 使得用户设备接入较多的物理载波被分配到的可用 PDCH 资源较多, 用 户设备接入较少的物理载波所占用的可用 PDCH 资源较少。 可选的, 以 第一物理载波为例, 可以首先获取所述第一物理载波的负载, 所述第一物 理载波的负载为所述第一物理载波当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源占所述第一物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源的比例, 然后判断所述第一 物理载波的负载是否大于或等于再分配阈值,若所述第一物理载波的负载 大于或等于所述再分配阈值,则根据第一用户设备所在的扇区中各个物理 载波的负载, 再次为所述各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH 资源, 使得再次 划分后所述第一物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源大于或等于再次划分前所述 第一物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源。 实际应用中, 基站控制器可以根据再 次划分后各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源更新资源准入表。 It should be noted that the allocation of the available PDCH resources in this embodiment may be performed in units of one 52 multiframes, or in units of one slot or in units of one logical carrier. During the communication process, the load of the first physical carrier is constantly changing. When there are many user equipments accessing the first physical carrier, the available PDCH resources occupied by each physical carrier may be re-allocated, so that the user equipment is accessed. More physical carriers are allocated more available PDCH resources, and less available physical carriers for user equipment accessing less PDCH resources. Optionally, taking the first physical carrier as an example, the load of the first physical carrier may be first acquired, where the load of the first physical carrier is a PDCH resource occupied by a user equipment currently accessed by the first physical carrier. a ratio of the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier, and then determining whether the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to a re-allocation threshold, and if the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the re-allocation threshold, And then, according to the load of each physical carrier in the sector where the first user equipment is located, the available PDCH resources are separately allocated to the physical carriers, so that the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier after being divided again are greater than or equal to that before the re-division Description The available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier. In an actual application, the base station controller may update the resource admission table according to the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier after being divided again.
需要说明的是, 现有技术中, 在一些特殊的通信系统中, 例如铁路 通信系统或者隧道通信系统,为了充分利用有限的频率资源覆盖较大的区 域, 引入了共小区技术, 所述共小区技术是是指把多个不同物理站址的位 置组设置为一个小区。位置组指同一个站点下的一个或多个物理载波覆盖 的某一物理区域。 每个位置组的载波数、 频点等小区参数均相同。 每个位 置组覆盖一定的区域,多个相邻位置组的连续覆盖区域就是共小区的覆盖 范围。 共小区由基站控制器进行管理, 虽然釆用共小区技术之后, 这些参 数配置相同的位置组使用的总频点数较釆用共小区技术之前减少,但是整 个小区能够承载的用户设备数量也相应减少。本发明实施例中假设第一用 户设备所在的小区是釆用了共小区技术之后的小区,为了提高小区能够承 载的用户设备数量, 在步骤 102之前, 还可以当所述第一用户设备所在小 区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值时,或者当所述第一用户设备所在小 区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂阈值时,或者当所述第一用户 设备所在小区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时,将所述小区分裂为 至少两个扇区,然后为所述第一用户设备所在的第一扇区所包括的各个物 理载波分配可用 PDCH资源, 并且在第二物理载波的可用 PDCH资源中 为所述第一用户设备分配资源,所述第二物理载波为所述第一扇区中所述 第一用户设备待接入的物理载波。  It should be noted that, in the prior art, in some special communication systems, such as a railway communication system or a tunnel communication system, in order to fully utilize a limited frequency resource to cover a large area, a common cell technology is introduced, and the common cell is introduced. The technology refers to setting a location group of a plurality of different physical sites as one cell. A location group refers to a physical area covered by one or more physical carriers under the same site. The cell parameters such as the number of carriers and frequency points of each location group are the same. Each location group covers a certain area, and the continuous coverage area of multiple adjacent location groups is the coverage of the common cell. The common cell is managed by the base station controller. After the common cell technology is used, the total frequency points used by the same location group are reduced compared with the common cell technology, but the number of user equipments that can be carried by the entire cell is also reduced accordingly. . In the embodiment of the present invention, it is assumed that the cell in which the first user equipment is located is a cell after the common cell technology is used, and in order to increase the number of user equipments that can be carried by the cell, before the step 102, the cell where the first user equipment is located may also be used. When the current load is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipments in the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold, or when the cell coverage of the cell where the first user equipment is located is smaller than Or equal to the third splitting threshold, splitting the cell into at least two sectors, and then allocating available PDCH resources for each physical carrier included in the first sector in which the first user equipment is located, and in the second physical The first user equipment is allocated resources in the available PDCH resources of the carrier, and the second physical carrier is a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment in the first sector.
示例的, 判断第一用户设备所在的小区的小区当前负载是否大于等 于第一分裂阈值, 当小区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值, 该小区可以 分裂为至少两个扇区, 当小区当前负载小于第一分裂阈值, 该小区不可以 分裂为至少两个扇区,所述小区当前负载为小区当前接入的用户设备所占 用的可用 PDCH资源占总的可用 PDCH资源的比例, 所述第一分裂阈值 是根据具体情况预先设定的, 例如, 所述第一分裂阈值可以为小区容量的 For example, determining whether the current load of the cell of the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold, and when the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold, the cell may be split into at least two sectors, when the current load of the cell If the first splitting threshold is smaller than the first splitting threshold, the cell may not be split into at least two sectors, and the current load of the cell is the ratio of the available PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment currently accessed by the cell to the total available PDCH resources, and the first The split threshold is preset according to a specific situation. For example, the first split threshold may be a cell capacity.
80%。 实际应用中, 所述第一分裂阈值也可以等于 100 % , 或者根据网络 实际状况, 设置为其它的比例值。 80%. In practical applications, the first splitting threshold may also be equal to 100%, or may be set to other proportional values according to actual network conditions.
判断第一用户设备所在的小区当前接入用户设备数是否大于或等于 第二分裂阈值进行判断,当小区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂 阈值, 则该小区可以分裂为至少两个扇区, 当小区当前接入用户设备数小 于第二分裂阈值, 则该小区不可以分裂为至少两个扇区, 所述小区当前接 入用户设备数为小区当前接入的用户设备的个数或已分配的 TBF个数, 所述第二分裂阈值是根据具体情况预先设置的, 例如, 所述第二分裂阈值 可以为一个给定值 10 , 实际应用中, 所述分裂阈值也可以等于理论最大 可接入的用户设备的数量。 Determining whether the number of currently accessed user equipments of the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to The second splitting threshold is determined. When the number of the currently accessed user equipment of the cell is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold, the cell may be split into at least two sectors. When the number of currently accessed user equipments of the cell is less than the second splitting threshold, The cell may not be split into at least two sectors, and the number of user equipments currently accessed by the cell is the number of user equipments currently accessed by the cell or the number of allocated TBFs, and the second split threshold is according to specific conditions. For example, the second split threshold may be a given value of 10. In actual applications, the split threshold may also be equal to the theoretical maximum accessible user equipment.
判断第一用户设备所在的小区的小区覆盖是否小于或等于第三分裂 阈值进行判断, 当小区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值, 则该小区可 以分裂为至少两个扇区, 当小区的小区覆盖大于第三分裂阈值, 该小区不 可以分裂为至少两个扇区,所述小区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报 告中小区的电平值,所述第三分裂阈值是根据具体情况预先设置的 ,例如, 所述第三分裂阈值可以为一个给定的电平值 30 , 实际应用中, 所述第三 分裂阈值也可以等于理论最大电平值 63。  Determining whether the cell coverage of the cell where the first user equipment is located is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, and determining, when the cell coverage of the cell is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the cell may be split into at least two sectors, when the cell The cell coverage is greater than the third splitting threshold, and the cell may not be split into at least two sectors, and the cell coverage of the cell is the level value of the cell in the measurement report reported by the user equipment, and the third split threshold is determined according to the specific situation. Preset, for example, the third split threshold may be a given level value 30. In practical applications, the third split threshold may also be equal to the theoretical maximum level value 63.
在将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区之前, 还可以根据所述小区所接 入的用户设备数量和用户设备的分布, 制定小区的分裂计划, 该分裂计划 包括所述小区的物理载波至少分配给两个所述扇区的分配方式。  Before splitting the cell into at least two sectors, a split plan of the cell may be formulated according to the number of user equipments accessed by the cell and the distribution of the user equipment, where the split plan includes at least a physical carrier of the cell. The allocation method assigned to two of the sectors.
假设第一用户设备所在的小区包括第一逻辑载波, 第一逻辑载波包 括三个物理载波, 分别为第一物理载波、 第二物理载波和第三物理载波。 由于接入第一物理载波所在的用户数量较少,接入第二物理载波和第三物 理载波的用户设备数量较多,所以根据小区当前接入的用户设备数量和用 户设备的分布, 制定分裂计划, 本实施例中的分裂计划是将小区分为两个 扇区, 分别为第一扇区和第二扇区, 其中第一扇区包括第一物理载波, 第 二扇区包括第二物理载波和第三物理载波。  It is assumed that the cell in which the first user equipment is located includes a first logical carrier, and the first logical carrier includes three physical carriers, which are a first physical carrier, a second physical carrier, and a third physical carrier, respectively. Since the number of users accessing the first physical carrier is small, and the number of user equipments accessing the second physical carrier and the third physical carrier is large, the number of user equipments currently accessed by the cell and the distribution of user equipments are determined. It is planned that the splitting scheme in this embodiment divides the cell into two sectors, which are a first sector and a second sector, respectively, wherein the first sector includes a first physical carrier, and the second sector includes a second physical Carrier and third physical carrier.
可以根据分裂计划, 调整所述第一用户设备占用的 PDCH 资源, 本 发明实施例以 RLC/MAC块为例进行说明。  The PDCH resource occupied by the first user equipment may be adjusted according to the splitting plan. The RLC/MAC block is used as an example for description.
由于在执行小区分裂时需要按照分裂计划进行分裂得到第一扇区和 第二扇区, 分裂前第一物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源为第一逻辑载波的 RLC/MAC块 B0〜B2 ,第二物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为第一逻辑载波的 RLC/MAC块 B3〜B8 ,第三物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为第一逻辑载波的 RLC/MAC 块 B9〜: B11 , 按照分裂计划执行小区分裂之后, 得到第二逻辑 载波和第三逻辑载波, 第一物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源可以为第二逻辑 载波的 RLC/MAC块 B0〜: B 11 , 第二物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为第三逻 辑载波的 B0〜: B5 , 第三物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源为第三逻辑载波的 B6-B 11 , 假设第一用户设备接入第二物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源的 RLC/MAC块 B6 , 但是小区分裂后 RLC/MAC块 B6为第三物理载波的可 用 PDCH 资源, 因此在执行小区分裂之前, 基站控制器可以将第一用户 设备所占用的 PDCH 资源进行调整, 使得第一用户设备接入第二物理载 波的可用 PDCH资源的 RLC/MAC块 B3〜B5中的任意一个 RLC/MAC块, 从而在执行小区分裂时, 避免了资源冲突。 Since the first sector and the second sector are required to be split according to the splitting scheme when the cell splitting is performed, the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier before splitting are the RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B2 of the first logical carrier, and the second physical The available PDCH resources of the carrier are the first logical carrier. RLC/MAC blocks B3 to B8, the available PDCH resources of the third physical carrier are the RLC/MAC blocks B9~:B11 of the first logical carrier, and after performing the cell split according to the split plan, the second logical carrier and the third logical carrier are obtained. The available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier may be the RLC/MAC blocks B0~:B 11 of the second logical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of the second physical carrier are B0~:B5 of the third logical carrier, and the third physical carrier is available. The PDCH resource is B6-B 11 of the third logical carrier, assuming that the first user equipment accesses the RLC/MAC block B6 of the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier, but after the cell splitting, the RLC/MAC block B6 is the third physical carrier. The PDCH resource is available, so before performing the cell splitting, the base station controller can adjust the PDCH resource occupied by the first user equipment, so that the first user equipment accesses the RLC/MAC block B3 of the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier. Any one of the RLC/MAC blocks in B5, thereby avoiding resource conflicts when performing cell splitting.
当所述第一用户设备所在小区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值 时,或者当所述第一用户设备所在小区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第 二分裂阈值时,或者当所述第一用户设备所在小区的小区覆盖小于或等于 第三分裂阈值时, 可以将小区分裂为至少两个扇区, 分裂时可以按照分裂 计划进行分裂。 例如, 当前小区配置有一个 PDCH, 接入该 PDCH的上行 PDCH用户设备占用了总共 8个 USF中的 7个 USF , 当前负载为 87.5% , 假设第一分裂阈值为 80 % , 则小区的负载大于第一分裂阈值, 则将小区 分裂为至少两个扇区。  When the current load of the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to the first split threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipment of the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to the second split threshold, or when When the cell coverage of the cell where the user equipment is located is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the cell may be split into at least two sectors, and the split may be split according to the split plan. For example, the current cell is configured with one PDCH, and the uplink PDCH user equipment accessing the PDCH occupies 7 USFs of a total of 8 USFs, and the current load is 87.5%. If the first split threshold is 80%, the load of the cell is greater than The first split threshold splits the cell into at least two sectors.
假设小区分裂之前, 共有一个逻辑载波, 为第一逻辑载波, 该逻辑 载波下共有 3个物理载波, 分别为第一物理载波、 第二物理载波和第三物 理载波, 该逻辑载波的 8个时隙中有 a个作为 PDCH的时隙, 其中 a为大 于或等于 1且小于或等于 8的整数。  Assuming that the cell is split, there is a logical carrier, which is a first logical carrier. The logical carrier has three physical carriers, which are respectively a first physical carrier, a second physical carrier, and a third physical carrier, and eight times of the logical carrier. There are a time slots in the slot as PDCH, where a is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 8.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组 成, 设所有 a个时隙的可用 PDCH资源划分方法相同, 对于同一个 52 复帧, 所述第一物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为 RLC/MAC块 Β0〜Β3 , 即 接入第一物理载波进行数据传输业务的用户设备只能使用 RLC/MAC 块 B0〜B3 ; 所述第二物理载波的可用 PDCH资源的 RLC/MAC块为 B4〜B7 , 即接入第二物理载波进行数据传输业务的用户设备只能使用 RLC/MAC 块 B4〜B7;所述第三物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为 RLC/MAC块 B8〜B 11 , 即接入第二物理载波进行数据传输业务的用户设备只能使用 RLC/MAC 块 B8〜B11。 实际应用中, 资源准入表由第一物理载波, RLC/MAC 块 B0〜B3 ; 第二物理载波, RLC/MAC块 B4〜B7; 第三物理载波, RLC/MAC 块 B8〜: B11组成。 由于小区能够进行小区分裂, 将所述小区分裂为两个扇 区, 分别为第一扇区和第二扇区, 第一扇区对应第二逻辑载波, 第二扇区 对应第三逻辑载波, 其中第二逻辑载波包括第一物理载波, 第三逻辑载波 包括第二物理载波和第三物理载波。 分裂之后, 对于第一扇区, 所述第一 物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为 RLC/MAC块 B0〜B 11 , 接入第一物理载波 的用户设备可以在 RLC/MAC块 B0〜B 11上传输数据; 对于第二扇区, 基 站控制器根据第二物理载波和第三物理载波的负载,为每个物理载波分配 可用 PDCH资源, 负载大的物理载波分配的可用 PDCH资源较大, 负载 小的物理载波分配的可用 PDCH 资源较小, 例如, 第二物理载波的负载 较大, 则可用 PDCH资源为 RLC/MAC块 B0〜B8; 第三物理载波的负载 较小, 则可用 PDCH 资源为 B9〜B11。 实际应用中, 分裂后物理载波的 PDCH的时隙与分裂前对应的逻辑载波的 PDCH的时隙可以保持一致 ,也 可以不一致。 例如分裂之后, 第二逻辑载波变为 b个时隙, 其中 b不等于 a且为大于或等于 1且小于或等于 8的整数。 If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, the available PDCH resource allocation methods are the same for all the one time slots. For the same 52 multi-frame, the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier are RLC/MAC block Β0~Β3, that is, the user equipment accessing the first physical carrier for data transmission service can only use the RLC/MAC blocks B0 B B3; the RLC/MAC block of the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier is B4 ~B7, that is, the user equipment accessing the second physical carrier for data transmission service can only use RLC/MAC Blocks B4 to B7; the available PDCH resources of the third physical carrier are RLC/MAC blocks B8 to B11, that is, the user equipment accessing the second physical carrier for data transmission service can only use the RLC/MAC blocks B8 to B11. In practical applications, the resource admission table is composed of a first physical carrier, RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B3, a second physical carrier, RLC/MAC blocks B4 to B7, and a third physical carrier, RLC/MAC blocks B8 to: B11. The cell is split into two sectors, which are a first sector and a second sector, the first sector corresponds to the second logical carrier, and the second sector corresponds to the third logical carrier. The second logical carrier includes a first physical carrier, and the third logical carrier includes a second physical carrier and a third physical carrier. After the splitting, for the first sector, the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier are RLC/MAC blocks B0 BBB 11 , and the user equipment accessing the first physical carrier may be transmitted on the RLC/MAC blocks B0 BBB 11 For the second sector, the base station controller allocates available PDCH resources for each physical carrier according to the load of the second physical carrier and the third physical carrier, and the available PDCH resources allocated by the large physical carrier are large, and the load is small. The available PDCH resources of the physical carrier allocation are small. For example, if the load of the second physical carrier is large, the available PDCH resources are RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B8; if the load of the third physical carrier is small, the available PDCH resources are B9~ B11. In an actual application, the time slot of the PDCH of the physical carrier after the splitting may be consistent with the time slot of the PDCH of the logical carrier corresponding to the splitting, or may be inconsistent. For example, after splitting, the second logical carrier becomes b time slots, where b is not equal to a and is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 8.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的, 4叚 设所有 a个时隙的可用 PDCH资源划分方法相同, 对于一个上行 PDCH, 第一物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为 USF=0〜USF=2 , 即接入第一物理载波 的用户设备只能使用每一个时隙中的 USF=0〜USF=2; 第二物理载波的可 用 PDCH资源为 USF=3〜USF=5 , 即接入第二物理载波的用户设备只能使 用每一个时隙中的 USF=3〜USF=5 ; 第三物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源为 USF=6和 USF=7 , 即接入第三物理载波的用户设备只能使用每一个时隙 中的 USF=6 和 USF=7。 实际应用中, 资源准入表由第一物理载波, USF=0〜USF=2; 第二物理载波, USF=3〜USF=5 ; 第三物理载波, USF=6 和 USF=7组成。 由于小区能够进行小区分裂, 将所述小区分裂为两个扇 区, 分别为第一扇区和第二扇区, 每个扇区对应一个逻辑载波, 即第一扇 区对应第二逻辑载波, 第二扇区对应第三逻辑载波, 其中第二逻辑载波包 括第一物理载波, 第三逻辑载波包括第二物理载波和第三物理载波。 分裂 之后, 对于第一扇区, 所述第一物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为 TDMA帧 的 0〜7时隙中每个时隙的 USF=0〜USF=7 , 即接入第一物理载波的用户设 备可以使用 a个 PDCH中每个时隙的 USF=0〜USF=7 ; 对于第二扇区, 基 站控制器根据第二物理载波和第三物理载波的负载,为每个物理载波分配 可用 PDCH资源, 负载大的物理载波分配的可用 PDCH资源较大, 负载 小的物理载波分配的可用 PDCH 资源较小, 例如第二物理载波的负载较 大, 可用 PDCH资源为 a个 PDCH中每个时隙的 USF=0〜USF=5 ; 第三物 理载波的负载较小,则可用 PDCH资源为 a个 PDCH中每个时隙的 USF=6 和 USF=7。 If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one USF, the available PDCH resource allocation methods are the same for all the one time slots. For one uplink PDCH, the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier are USF=0~ USF=2, that is, the user equipment accessing the first physical carrier can only use USF=0~USF=2 in each time slot; the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier is USF=3~USF=5, that is, The user equipment entering the second physical carrier can only use USF=3~USF=5 in each time slot; the available PDCH resources of the third physical carrier are USF=6 and USF=7, that is, accessing the third physical carrier User equipment can only use USF=6 and USF=7 in each time slot. In a practical application, the resource admission table is composed of a first physical carrier, USF=0~USF=2; a second physical carrier, USF=3~USF=5; and a third physical carrier, USF=6 and USF=7. Since the cell can perform cell splitting, the cell is split into two sectors, which are a first sector and a second sector, and each sector corresponds to one logical carrier, that is, the first sector. The second logical carrier corresponds to the second logical carrier, and the second logical carrier includes the first physical carrier, and the third logical carrier includes the second physical carrier and the third physical carrier. After the splitting, for the first sector, the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier are USF=0~USF=7 of each time slot in the 0~7 time slots of the TDMA frame, that is, accessing the first physical carrier. The user equipment may use USF=0~USF=7 for each time slot in a PDCH; for the second sector, the base station controller allocates available for each physical carrier according to the load of the second physical carrier and the third physical carrier. For a PDCH resource, the available PDCH resources of a large physical carrier are allocated, and the available PDCH resources of a small physical carrier are small. For example, the load of the second physical carrier is large, and the available PDCH resources are each time in a PDCH. USF=0~USF=5 of the slot; if the load of the third physical carrier is small, the available PDCH resources are USF=6 and USF=7 for each slot in a PDCH.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 TFI组成的, 小 区分裂的情况与各物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的 类似, 本发明实施例对此不再详述。  If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one TFI, the case of the cell splitting is similar to the case where the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one USF, which is not detailed in this embodiment of the present invention.
特别的, 可以釆用空分加正交训练序列技术将所述小区分裂为至少 两个扇区。所述空分加正交训练序列技术指的是将用户设备分配在不同的 扇区, 进行空间上隔离, 而且通过对不同扇区、 相同频点的两个物理载波 上的不同用户设备或 TBF分配不同的 TSC , 使得基站能够识别不同用户 设备的上行数据, 终端能够识别出自己的下行数据。从而釆用空分加正交 训练序列技术分裂小区,使得分裂后得到的所述至少两个扇区的逻辑载波 之间形成了较好的干扰隔离。 不同扇区、相同频点的两个物理载波上的不 同用户设备或 TBF , 可以使用相同的 USF或相同的 TFI。 所分配的两个 不同的 TSC , 尽量是理论上正交或接近正交, 以达到性能最优。  In particular, the cell can be split into at least two sectors using space division plus orthogonal training sequence techniques. The space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology refers to allocating user equipments in different sectors, spatially isolating, and passing different user equipments or TBFs on two physical carriers of different sectors and the same frequency point. Different TSCs are allocated so that the base station can identify the uplink data of different user equipments, and the terminal can identify its own downlink data. Therefore, the cell is split by the space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology, so that better interference isolation is formed between the logical carriers of the at least two sectors obtained after the splitting. Different user equipments or TBFs on two physical carriers of different sectors and the same frequency point can use the same USF or the same TFI. The two different TSCs assigned are as theoretically orthogonal or nearly orthogonal to achieve optimal performance.
进一步的, 在将小区分裂为至少两个扇区之后, 根据每个所述扇区 中各个物理载波的负载, 为所述扇区中各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH 资 源。  Further, after splitting the cell into at least two sectors, the available PDCH resources are allocated for each physical carrier in the sector according to the load of each physical carrier in each of the sectors.
经过上述步骤的划分, 小区分裂后每个扇区对应的物理载波根据该 物理载波的负载被划分了相应的可用 PDCH 资源。 实际应用中, 可以根 据划分后所得结果更新所述资源准入表,更新后的资源准入表中包括小区 分裂后各扇区的物理载波和物理载波对应的可用 PDCH资源。 After the division of the foregoing steps, the physical carrier corresponding to each sector after the cell splitting is divided into corresponding available PDCH resources according to the load of the physical carrier. In an actual application, the resource admission table may be updated according to the result obtained after the division, and the updated resource admission table includes a cell. The available PDCH resources corresponding to the physical carrier and physical carrier of each sector after the split.
特别的, 如果在小区分裂的过程中, 分裂后物理载波的 PDCH 的时 隙与分裂前对应的逻辑载波的 PDCH 的时隙保持一致, 可以在第一用户 设备的数据传输量较大时,判断存储在緩存区域的所述第一用户设备的数 据量是否大于预设容量阈值, 并当所述数据量大于所述预设容量阈值时, 在所述至少两个扇区的逻辑载波中获取未被占用的第一资源再次分配给 所述第一用户设备。所述緩存区域是指用户设备在进行数据传输业务时的 数据緩冲存储的区域,所述第一资源与再次分配前所述第一用户设备占用 的第二资源的 RLC/MAC块标识相同,所述第一资源与所述第二资源所处 的逻辑载波的参数配置相同, 第一资源和第二资源可以是 RLC/MAC块, 也可以是 USF , 还可以是 TFI, 但同一用户必须分配相同类型的第一资源 和第二资源。  In particular, if the time slot of the PDCH of the physical carrier after the splitting is consistent with the time slot of the PDCH of the logical carrier corresponding to the splitting in the process of splitting the cell, the data may be determined when the data transmission amount of the first user equipment is large. Whether the amount of data of the first user equipment stored in the cache area is greater than a preset capacity threshold, and when the amount of data is greater than the preset capacity threshold, acquiring the logical carrier of the at least two sectors The occupied first resource is again allocated to the first user equipment. The cache area is the same as the RLC/MAC block identifier of the second resource occupied by the first user equipment before the re-allocation. The first resource is the same as the parameter configuration of the logical carrier where the second resource is located, and the first resource and the second resource may be an RLC/MAC block, or may be a USF or a TFI, but the same user must be allocated. The first resource and the second resource of the same type.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组 成, 假设, 分裂后第一用户设备所在的扇区为第一扇区, 接入到第一物理 载波, 被分配到的第二资源为 RLC/MAC块为 B0 , 但是第一用户设备的 数据传输量很大, 需要传输的数据在緩存区域存储量超过容量阈值, 则基 站控制器可以将第二扇区的 RLC/MAC块 B0作为第一资源分配给第一用 户设备用来传输数据, 其中第二扇区的 RLC/MAC块 B0为是第二扇区的 与第一物理载波的参数配置相同的物理载波中的可用 PDCH 资源, 示例 的, 可以根据基站控制器中存储的资源准入表获得。  If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, it is assumed that the sector in which the first user equipment is located after the split is the first sector, and the second physical carrier is allocated to the second physical carrier. The resource is the RLC/MAC block is B0, but the data transmission amount of the first user equipment is large, and the data to be transmitted in the buffer area exceeds the capacity threshold, the base station controller may use the RLC/MAC block B0 of the second sector. The first resource is allocated to the first user equipment for transmitting data, where the RLC/MAC block B0 of the second sector is an available PDCH resource in the same physical carrier as the parameter configuration of the first physical carrier of the second sector. For example, it can be obtained according to the resource admission table stored in the base station controller.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的, 4叚 设, 分裂后第一用户设备所在的扇区为第一扇区, 接入到第一物理载波, 被分配到的第二资源为第一物理载波中时隙 0 的 USF=0 , 当第一用户设 备的数据传输量大于或等于容量阈值时,基站控制器可以将第二扇区的与 第一物理载波参数配置相同的物理载波的 0的 USF=0作为第一资源分配 给第一用户设备用来传输数据。  If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one USF, the sector in which the first user equipment is located after the split is the first sector, and the second physical carrier is allocated to the second physical carrier. The resource is the USF=0 of the slot 0 in the first physical carrier. When the data transmission amount of the first user equipment is greater than or equal to the capacity threshold, the base station controller may configure the second sector to be the same as the first physical carrier parameter. The USF=0 of 0 of the physical carrier is allocated as the first resource to the first user equipment for transmitting data.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 TFI组成的, 则 为用户设备分配第一资源的情况与各物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源是由至 少一个 USF组成的类似, 本发明实施例对此不再详述。 在所述将小区分裂为至少两个扇区之后, 还可以判断第一扇区是否 能够进行小区分裂, 所述第一扇区为第一用户设备所在的扇区, 该第一扇 区为所述至少两个扇区中的任意一个扇区,即当第一扇区的接入用户设备 数大于或等于第二分裂阈值、或第一扇区的负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值 或者第一扇区的覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时,将所述第一扇区分裂为 至少两个子扇区,所述第一扇区的分裂的方法与所述小区的分裂的方法相 同, 在此不做赘述。 If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one TFI, the case where the first resource is allocated to the user equipment is similar to the available PDCH resource of each physical carrier, which is composed of at least one USF. More details. After the cell is split into at least two sectors, it is further determined whether the first sector is capable of performing cell splitting, where the first sector is a sector in which the first user equipment is located, and the first sector is a Determining any one of the at least two sectors, that is, when the number of access user equipments of the first sector is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or the load of the first sector is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold or first When the coverage of the sector is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, and the splitting of the first sector is performed in the same manner as the splitting of the cell, where Do not repeat them.
可选的, 当小区内负载大于预设负载门限时, 可以进行动态的信道 转换, 动态的信道转换指的是将小区逻辑载波上配置为 TCH ( Traffic Channel , 业务信道) 的其中一个时隙转换成 PDCH;当小区内负载小于或 等于预设负载门限时, 可以进行动态的信道释放, 动态的新到释放指的是 将小区逻辑载波上配置为 PDCH的其中一个时隙转换成 TCH。  Optionally, when the load in the cell is greater than the preset load threshold, dynamic channel switching may be performed, where dynamic channel switching refers to configuring one time slot of the TCH (Traffic Channel) on the logical carrier of the cell. When the load in the cell is less than or equal to the preset load threshold, dynamic channel release can be performed. Dynamic new arrival refers to converting one of the time slots configured as PDCH on the logical carrier of the cell into a TCH.
示例的, 完成在物理载波上为所述第一用户设备分配资源后, 基站 控制器可以通过信令消息将分裂后每个物理载波所分配的可用 PDCH 资 源发送给第一用户设备, 信令消息可以是 "Packet Downlink Assignment (分组下行指派)"、 "Multiple TBF Downlink Assignment (多 TBF下行指 派 ),,、 "Packet Uplink Assignment (分组上行指派 ),,、 "Multiple TBF Uplink Assignment (多 TBF上行指派)"、 "Packet Timeslot Reconfigure (分组时 隙重配置;)"、 "Multiple TBF Timeslot Reconfigure (多 TBF时隙重配置;)"、 "Immediate Assignment (立即指派 ),,、 "Packet CS Release Indication (分 组 CS释放指示)" 等中的任意一种, 通过上述信令消息可以携带为第一 用户设备分配的只有上行、 只有下行或同时由上行和下行的 PDCH 资源 信息, 如 TFI、 USF、 时隙号等信息。 如果是在多个物理载波上分配 PDCH 资源, 还会包含物理载波编号。  For example, after the resource is allocated to the first user equipment on the physical carrier, the base station controller may send, by using a signaling message, the available PDCH resource allocated by each physical carrier after the splitting to the first user equipment, the signaling message. Can be "Packet Downlink Assignment", "Multiple TBF Downlink Assignment", "Packet Uplink Assignment", "Multiple TBF Uplink Assignment" ", "Packet Timeslot Reconfigure;", "Multiple TBF Timeslot Reconfigure;", "Immediate Assignment", "Packet CS Release Indication" Any one of the indications, such as the TFI, the USF, the time slot number, etc., may be carried by the foregoing signaling message, and only the uplink, downlink, or uplink PDCH resource information, such as TFI, USF, and slot number, may be carried as the first user equipment. Information. If the PDCH resource is allocated on multiple physical carriers, it will also contain the physical payload. Numbering.
进一步的, 在将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区之后, 如果小区中接 入的用户设备变少, 不能充分利用至少两个扇区的通信资源时,还可以判 断所述至少两个扇区中是否存在满足合并条件的扇区。 示例的, 判断所述 至少两个扇区中是否存在满足合并条件的扇区,可以通过所述至少两个扇 区中是否存在当前负载小于或等于第一合并阈值的扇区来判断,当所述至 少两个扇区中存在扇区当前负载小于或等于第一合并阈值的扇区,判断所 述至少两个扇区中存在满足合并条件的扇区,当所述至少两个扇区中的所 有扇区的扇区当前负载均大于第一合并阈值,判断所述至少两个扇区中不 存在满足合并条件的扇区,实际应用中第一合并阈值根据具体情况进行设 定, 所述扇区当前负载为扇区当前接入的用户设备所占用的可用 PDCH 资源占总的可用 PDCH 资源的比例; 还可以通过所述至少两个扇区中是 否存在当前接入用户设备数小于或等于第二合并阈值的扇区来判断,当所 述至少两个扇区中存在扇区当前接入用户设备数小于或等于第二合并阈 值的扇区, 判断所述至少两个扇区中存在满足合并条件的扇区, 当所述至 少两个扇区中的所有扇区的扇区当前接入用户设备数均大于第二合并阈 值, 判断所述至少两个扇区中不存在满足合并条件的扇区, 实际应用中第 二合并阈值根据具体情况进行设定,所述扇区当前接入用户设备数为扇区 当前接入的用户设备的个数;或者可以通过所述至少两个扇区中是否存在 小区覆盖大于或等于第三合并阈值的扇区来判断,当所述至少两个扇区中 存在小区覆盖大于或等于第三合并阈值的扇区,判断所述至少两个扇区中 存在满足合并条件的扇区,当所述至少两个扇区中所有扇区的扇区小区覆 盖均小于第三合并阈值,判断所述至少两个扇区中不存在满足合并条件的 扇区, 实际应用中第三合并阈值根据具体情况进行设定, 所述扇区的小区 覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中扇区的电平值。 Further, after the cell is split into at least two sectors, if at least two user sectors are accessed in the cell, and at least two sectors of communication resources cannot be fully utilized, the at least two fans may also be determined. Whether there are sectors in the zone that satisfy the merge condition. For example, determining whether a sector that satisfies a merge condition exists in the at least two sectors may be determined by whether there is a sector in the at least two sectors that has a current load that is less than or equal to a first merge threshold. Said to Determining, in less than two sectors, a sector whose current load is less than or equal to the first merge threshold, determining that there are sectors in the at least two sectors that satisfy the merge condition, when all of the at least two sectors The sector current load of the sector is greater than the first merge threshold, and it is determined that there is no sector that satisfies the merge condition in the at least two sectors. In the actual application, the first merge threshold is set according to a specific situation, where the sector is set. The current load is the ratio of the available PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment currently accessed by the sector to the total available PDCH resources. The number of the current access user equipments in the at least two sectors may be less than or equal to the second. Merging the sector of the threshold to determine that there is a sector in which the number of currently accessed user equipments of the sector is less than or equal to the second merge threshold, and determining that the at least two sectors meet the merge condition a sector, when the number of sectors currently accessed by all sectors of the at least two sectors is greater than a second merge threshold, determining that the at least two sectors do not exist The merging condition of the sector, in the actual application, the second merging threshold is set according to a specific situation, the number of the currently accessed user equipment of the sector is the number of user equipments currently accessed by the sector; or may pass the at least two Determining whether there is a sector in which the cell coverage is greater than or equal to the third merge threshold is determined, and if there are sectors in the at least two sectors that have a cell coverage greater than or equal to the third merge threshold, determining the at least two A sector that satisfies a merge condition exists in a sector, and when a sector cell coverage of all sectors in the at least two sectors is smaller than a third merge threshold, determining that the at least two sectors do not meet the merge condition In the actual application, the third merge threshold is set according to a specific situation, and the cell coverage of the sector is the level value of the sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
如果所述至少两个扇区中存在满足合并条件的扇区, 则需要将扇区 进行合并,在合并之前,首先从所述小区当前的扇区中获取至少两个扇区, 所述至少两个扇区中包括至少一个满足所述合并条件的扇区,即所获取的 需要进行合并的扇区中, 可以是都满足合并条件的扇区, 也可以只有一个 扇区满足合并条件, 其余为均没有满足合并条件的扇区。对于合并扇区的 选择是根据实际应用中的具体情况设定的, 本发明对此不做限定。  If there are sectors in the at least two sectors that satisfy the merge condition, the sectors need to be merged, and before the merge, at least two sectors are first acquired from the current sector of the cell, the at least two The sector includes at least one sector that satisfies the merge condition, that is, the obtained sector that needs to be merged may be a sector that satisfies the merge condition, or only one sector satisfies the merge condition, and the rest is None of the sectors satisfying the merge condition. The selection of the merged sector is set according to the specific situation in the actual application, and the present invention does not limit this.
获取到需要进行合并的扇区之后, 将选择出的所述至少两个扇区进 行合并。 由于每个扇区的物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源都不同, 因此在进 行合并之前,基站控制器也需要对接入各个物理载波的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源进行调整, 以免合并的过程中出现资源冲突的现象。 本发明实施例提供的资源管理方法, 将小区的 PDCH 资源按照扇区 进行管理,使得每个物理载波占用合理的通信资源, 且当小区能够进行小 区分裂时, 将所述小区分裂得到至少两个扇区,每个扇区存在的逻辑载波 的参数配置与分裂前小区存在的逻辑载波的参数配置对应相同,从而小区 可用的通信资源增加了至少一倍, 并且在扇区满足合并条件时, 将至少两 个扇区进行合并, 节约了通信资源, 因此, 相较于现有技术, 提高了资源 分配方式的灵活性。 本发明实施例提供一种资源管理方法, 由网络侧设备进行资源分配, 以基站控制器为例进行说明, 并不单指基站控制器, 如图 3所示, 包括: 步骤 301、 判断是否需要为第一用户设备调整 PDCH资源。 After acquiring the sectors that need to be merged, the selected at least two sectors are merged. Since the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers of each sector are different, the base station controller also needs to adjust the PDCH resources occupied by the user equipments that access the physical carriers before the merging, so as to avoid resources in the process of merging. The phenomenon of conflict. The resource management method provided by the embodiment of the present invention manages the PDCH resource of the cell according to the sector, so that each physical carrier occupies a reasonable communication resource, and when the cell can perform cell splitting, the cell is split into at least two. a sector, the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in each sector is the same as the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in the pre-split cell, so that the communication resources available to the cell are increased by at least one time, and when the sector satisfies the merge condition, The merging of at least two sectors saves communication resources, and therefore, the flexibility of the resource allocation manner is improved compared to the prior art. The embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management method, where the network side device performs resource allocation, and the base station controller is used as an example for description. The base station controller is not limited to the base station controller. As shown in FIG. 3, the method includes: Step 301: Determine whether it is required The first user equipment adjusts the PDCH resources.
实际应用中, 在第一用户设备占用 PDCH 资源进行数据传输时, 基 站控制器也可能会根据实际需要调整第一用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源。 例如, 当第一用户设备的数据传输量大于或等于预设阈值时,基站控制器 判断第一用户设备需要分配更多的 PDCH 资源进行数据传输; 当第一用 户设备所在的小区需要进行小区分裂时, 在小区分裂之前,基站控制器判 断需要调整第一用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源, 以免在小区分裂的过程 中造成资源冲突。  In the actual application, when the first user equipment occupies the PDCH resource for data transmission, the base station controller may also adjust the PDCH resource occupied by the first user equipment according to actual needs. For example, when the data transmission amount of the first user equipment is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, the base station controller determines that the first user equipment needs to allocate more PDCH resources for data transmission; when the cell where the first user equipment is located needs to perform cell splitting When the cell is split, the base station controller determines that the PDCH resource occupied by the first user equipment needs to be adjusted, so as to avoid resource conflict in the process of cell splitting.
步骤 302、 获取所述第一用户设备所需的通信资源。  Step 302: Acquire a communication resource required by the first user equipment.
根据具体情况, 基站控制器能够判断出第一用户设备最终需要调整 的 PDCH资源, 在调整的过程中可能需要将现有的非 PDCH时隙转换为 PDCH时隙以增加现有的 PDCH资源,也可能需要为第一用户设备分配更 多的 RLC/MAC块数。  Depending on the situation, the base station controller can determine the PDCH resources that the first user equipment needs to adjust. In the process of adjustment, the existing non-PDCH slots may need to be converted into PDCH slots to increase the existing PDCH resources. It may be necessary to allocate more RLC/MAC block numbers to the first user equipment.
根据基站控制器最终的判断结果和第一用户设备所在的第一小区的 逻辑载波的参数配置,得到所述第一用户设备待接入的物理载波以及该第 一用户设备所需的 PDCH 资源, 假设第一小区包括第一逻辑载波, 第一 逻辑载波下包括第一物理载波和第二物理载波,第一物理载波和第二物理 载波的参数配置相同,则第一用户设备可以接入第一物理载波或者第二物 理载波。 步骤 303、获取所述第一用户设备能够接入的第一物理载波和第二物 理载波的可用 PDCH资源。 Obtaining a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment and a PDCH resource required by the first user equipment, according to a final judgment result of the base station controller and a parameter configuration of a logical carrier of the first cell where the first user equipment is located, It is assumed that the first cell includes the first logical carrier, and the first physical carrier includes the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier, and the first physical device and the second physical carrier have the same parameter configuration, and the first user equipment can access the first Physical carrier or second physical carrier. Step 303: Obtain the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier that the first user equipment can access.
可选的, 在获取第一物理载波和第二物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源之 前, 基站控制器需要预先为第一物理载波和第二物理载波分配配置为 PDCH的时隙, 为每个物理载波的每个 PDCH划分可用 PDCH资源。 第 一物理载波和第二物理载波的可用 PDCH资源可以由至少一个 RLC/MAC 块组成; 或者由至少一个上行链路标识 USF组成; 或者由至少一个 TFI 组成。 实际应用中, 可以在分配完成之后, 将分配的结果存入资源准入表 中,基站控制器可以通过资源准入表获取第一物理载波和第二物理载波的 可用 PDCH资源。  Optionally, before acquiring the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier, the base station controller needs to allocate a time slot configured as a PDCH for the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier, respectively, for each physical carrier. Each PDCH partition can use PDCH resources. The available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier may be composed of at least one RLC/MAC block; or consist of at least one uplink identification USF; or consist of at least one TFI. In an actual application, after the allocation is completed, the allocated result is stored in the resource admission table, and the base station controller may obtain the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier through the resource admission table.
步骤 304、在所述第一物理载波和第二物理载波的可用 PDCH资源中 为所述第一用户设备分配资源。  Step 304: Allocate resources for the first user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier.
基站控制器可以根据第一用户设备所需的 PDCH 资源, 第一物理载 波的可用 PDCH资源和第二物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为第一用户设备 分配 PDCH 资源。 需要说明的是, 由于第一物理载波和第二物理载波的 参数配置相同, 所以第一用户设备既可以占用第一物理载波的 PDCH 资 源, 也可以占用第二物理载波的 PDCH 资源, 因此基站控制器可以仅仅 在第一物理载波上为第一用户设备分配 PDCH 资源, 也可以在第二物理 载波上为第一用户设备分配 PDCH 资源, 还可以在第一物理载波和第二 物理载波上同时为第一用户设备分配 PDCH 资源。 当在第一物理载波和 第二物理载波上同时为第一用户设备分配 PDCH 资源时, 可以分别在第 一物理载波和第二物理载波上为第一用户设备分配 PDCH 资源, 完成后 组合在一起分配给第一用户设备。  The base station controller may allocate the PDCH resource to the first user equipment according to the PDCH resources required by the first user equipment, the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of the second physical carrier. It should be noted that, since the parameter configurations of the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier are the same, the first user equipment can occupy the PDCH resource of the first physical carrier or the PDCH resource of the second physical carrier, so the base station controls The device may allocate the PDCH resource to the first user equipment only on the first physical carrier, or may allocate the PDCH resource to the first user equipment on the second physical carrier, or may simultaneously be the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier. The first user equipment allocates a PDCH resource. When the PDCH resource is allocated to the first user equipment on the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier, the PDCH resources may be allocated to the first user equipment on the first physical carrier and the second physical carrier, respectively. Assigned to the first user device.
步骤 305、 将所分配的 PDCH资源通知所述第一用户设备。  Step 305: Notify the first user equipment of the allocated PDCH resource.
为第一用户设备分配 PDCH 资源完成之后, 基站控制器可以通过信 令消息将为第一用户设备分配的 PDCH 资源通知给第一用户设备, 信令 消息可以是 " Packet Downlink Assignment"、 " Multiple TBF Downlink Assignment "、 " Packet Uplink Assignment "、 " Multiple TBF Uplink Assignment" , "Packet Timeslot Reconfigure" 、 " Multiple TBF Timeslot Reconfigure" , "Immediate Assignment" , "Packet CS Release Indication" 等中的一种,通过上述信令消息可以携带为第一用户设备分配的上行和下 行的 PDCH资源信息, 如 TFI、 USF、 时隙号等信息。 如果是在多个物理 载波上分配 PDCH资源, 还会包含物理载波编号, After the PDCH resource is allocated to the first user equipment, the base station controller may notify the first user equipment of the PDCH resource allocated by the first user equipment by using a signaling message, where the signaling message may be "Packet Downlink Assignment", "Multiple TBF" Downlink Assignment ", "Packet Uplink Assignment", "Multiple TBF Uplink Assignment", "Packet Timeslot Reconfigure", " Multiple TBF Timeslot One of the Reconfigure", "Immediate Assignment", "Packet CS Release Indication", etc., may carry the uplink and downlink PDCH resource information, such as TFI, USF, and slot number, allocated for the first user equipment by using the foregoing signaling message. Etc. If the PDCH resource is allocated on multiple physical carriers, the physical carrier number is also included.
本发明实施例提供的资源管理方法, 是网络侧设备根据用户设备接 入的具体情况分配通信资源, 相较于现有技术,提高了资源分配方式的灵 活性。 本发明实施例提供一种资源管理方法, 由网络侧设备进行资源合并, 本发明实施例以基站控制器为例进行说明, 如图 4所示, 包括:  The resource management method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is that the network side device allocates communication resources according to the specific conditions of the user equipment access, and improves the flexibility of the resource allocation manner compared with the prior art. The embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management method, where the network side device performs resource merging. The embodiment of the present invention uses a base station controller as an example for description. As shown in FIG. 4, the method includes:
步骤 401、 判断小区包括的扇区是否满足合并条件。  Step 401: Determine whether a sector included in the cell meets a merge condition.
合并时需要将小区包括的扇区中的至少两个扇区合并为一个扇区, 因此, 在合并之前, 首先需要遍历小区包括的所有扇区, 判断每个扇区是 否满足合并条件。  At the time of merging, at least two of the sectors included in the cell need to be merged into one sector. Therefore, before merging, it is first necessary to traverse all the sectors included in the cell, and it is judged whether each sector satisfies the merging condition.
可选的, 判断扇区是否满足合并条件, 可以通过扇区当前负载是否 小于或等于第一合并阈值进行判断,所述扇区当前负载为扇区当前接入的 用户设备所占用的可用 PDCH资源占总的可用 PDCH资源的比例, 例如, 所述第一合并阈值可以设定为 30%。 实际应用中, 所述第一合并阈值根 据具体情况进行设定, 与第一分裂阈值没有相对关系, 可以比第一分裂阈 值小, 本发明实施例对此不做限定。  Optionally, determining whether the sector meets the merging condition may be determined by whether the current load of the sector is less than or equal to the first merging threshold, where the current load of the sector is an available PDCH resource occupied by the user equipment currently accessed by the sector. The ratio of the total available PDCH resources, for example, the first merge threshold may be set to 30%. In an actual application, the first merging threshold is set according to a specific situation, and has no relative relationship with the first splitting threshold, and may be smaller than the first splitting threshold, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
判断扇区是否满足合并条件也可以通过扇区当前接入用户设备数是 否小于或等于第二合并阈值进行判断,所述扇区当前接入用户数为扇区当 前接入的用户设备的个数或已分配的 TBF个数, 例如, 所述第二合并阈 值可以为一个给定值 10 , 实际应用中, 所述第二合并阈值根据具体情况 进行设定, 与第二分裂阈值没有相对关系, 可以比第二分裂阈值小, 本发 明实施例对此不做限定。  The judging whether the sector meets the merging condition may also be determined by whether the number of the current access user equipment of the sector is less than or equal to the second merging threshold. The number of the current access users of the sector is the number of user equipments currently accessed by the sector. Or the number of allocated TBFs, for example, the second merge threshold may be a given value of 10. In actual application, the second merge threshold is set according to a specific situation, and has no relative relationship with the second split threshold. It may be smaller than the second splitting threshold, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
所述判断扇区是否满足合并条件也可以通过扇区当前覆盖是否大于 或等于第三合并阈值进行判断,所述扇区当前覆盖为扇区下的用户设备上 报的测量报告中小区的电平值, 例如, 所述第三合并阈值可以为一个给定 的电平值 30 , 实际应用中, 所述第三合并阈值根据具体情况进行设定, 与第三分裂阈值没有相对关系, 可以比第三分裂阈值大, 本发明实施例对 此不做限定。 The determining whether the sector meets the merging condition may also be determined by whether the current coverage of the sector is greater than or equal to the third merging threshold, where the current coverage of the sector is the level value of the cell in the measurement report reported by the user equipment in the sector. For example, the third merge threshold may be a given The level value is 30. In an actual application, the third merge threshold is set according to a specific situation, and has no relative relationship with the third split threshold, and may be larger than the third split threshold.
如小区下存在三个扇区, 扇区 1、 扇区 2、 扇区 3 , 每个扇区配置有 两个逻辑载波, 扇区 1下对应逻辑载波 1、 逻辑载波 2 , 扇区 2下对应逻 辑载波 3、 逻辑载波 4 , 扇区 3下对应逻辑载波 5、 逻辑载波 6 , 且逻辑载 波 1、 逻辑载波 3和逻辑载波 5的参数配置相同, 逻辑载波 2、 逻辑载波 4和逻辑载波 6的参数配置相同。 以通过扇区当前负载是否小于或等于第 一合并阈值进行判断扇区是否满足合并条件为例进行说明,当扇区的负载 小于或等于第一合并阈值时, 扇区满足合并条件, 各扇区负载情况如 1 所示。  For example, there are three sectors under the cell, sector 1, sector 2, sector 3, each sector is configured with two logical carriers, and sector 1 corresponds to logical carrier 1, logical carrier 2, and sector 2 corresponds to Logical carrier 3, logical carrier 4, sector 3 corresponding logical carrier 5, logical carrier 6, and logical carrier 1, logical carrier 3 and logical carrier 5 have the same parameter configuration, logical carrier 2, logical carrier 4 and logical carrier 6 The parameter configuration is the same. The description is made by determining whether the sector satisfies the merge condition by whether the current load of the sector is less than or equal to the first merge threshold. When the load of the sector is less than or equal to the first merge threshold, the sector satisfies the merge condition, and each sector The load situation is as shown in 1.
表 1 合并前各扇区的负载信息  Table 1 Load information of each sector before merging
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
表 1记录了扇区 1、 扇区 2和扇区 3所包括的逻辑载波、 第一合并阈 值、 每个扇区的扇区负载、 是否满足合并条件的信息, 由表 1可以看出扇 区 1 的负载为 25% , 小于该扇区对应的第一合并阈值, 因此, 满足合并 条件; 扇区 2 的负载为 30% , 等于该扇区对应的第一合并阈值, 因此满 足合并条件; 扇区 3 的负载为 30% , 大于扇区对应的第一合并阈值, 因 此不满足合并条件。  Table 1 records the logical carrier included in sector 1, sector 2, and sector 3, the first merge threshold, the sector load of each sector, and whether the merge condition is satisfied. Table 1 shows the sector. The load of 1 is 25%, which is smaller than the first merge threshold corresponding to the sector. Therefore, the merge condition is satisfied; the load of sector 2 is 30%, which is equal to the first merge threshold corresponding to the sector, and therefore the merge condition is satisfied; The load of zone 3 is 30%, which is greater than the first merge threshold corresponding to the sector, and therefore does not satisfy the merge condition.
步骤 402、 根据合并条件的判断结果, 选择进行合并的扇区。  Step 402: Select a sector to be merged according to the judgment result of the merge condition.
若小区所包括的扇区中存在扇区满足合并条件, 可以判定需要进行 扇区合并, 以充分利用通信资源, 在合并的过程中, 可以选择将都满足合 并条件的至少两个扇区进行合并,也可以选择将满足合并条件的至少一个 扇区与不满足合并条件的至少一个扇区进行合并。 If the sector in the sector included in the cell satisfies the merging condition, it may be determined that sector merging is needed to make full use of the communication resources, and in the process of merging, it may be selected to satisfy the combination. At least two sectors of the condition are combined, and at least one sector that satisfies the merge condition may be selected to be merged with at least one sector that does not satisfy the merge condition.
如表 1 所示的扇区, 在合并的过程中可以选择扇区 1和扇区 2进行 合并。 也可以选择扇区 1、 扇区 2和扇区 3进行合并。 也可以选择扇区 1 和扇区 3进行合并。 具体的合并方案根据具体情况确定, 本发明实施例对 此不做限定。  For the sectors shown in Table 1, Sector 1 and Sector 2 can be selected for merging during the merging process. It is also possible to select sector 1, sector 2 and sector 3 for merging. You can also select sector 1 and sector 3 for merging. The specific merging scheme is determined according to the specific situation, and the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
需要说明的是, 实际应用中将至少两个子扇区合并为一个新的子扇 区的过程与将扇区合并为新的扇区的过程相同,本发明实施例对此不作赘 述。  It should be noted that the process of merging at least two sub-sectors into a new sub-sector in the actual application is the same as the process of merging the sectors into a new sector, which is not described in the embodiment of the present invention.
步骤 403、 根据选择的合并扇区, 执行扇区合并。  Step 403: Perform sector consolidation according to the selected merged sector.
执行扇区合并的过程, 以扇区 1 和扇区 2进行合并为例进行说明, 执行扇区合并后, 得到扇区 4和扇区 3 , 合并后情况如下。  The process of performing sector merging is described by taking the combination of sector 1 and sector 2 as an example. After performing sector merging, sector 4 and sector 3 are obtained, and the merged situation is as follows.
表 2 合并后各扇区的负载信息  Table 2 Load information of each sector after merging
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
表 2记录了扇区 4和扇区 3所包括的逻辑载波、 对应的第一合并阈 值、各个扇区的扇区负载和是否满足再次合并的条件等信息。 由表 2可以 看出扇区 4对应的逻辑载波为逻辑载波 7和逻辑载波 8 , 该扇区的扇区负 载为 27.5% , 小于第一合并阈值 30% , 满足扇区合并条件; 扇区 3对应的 逻辑载波为逻辑载波 5和逻辑载波 6 , 该扇区的扇区负载为 30% , 大于第 一合并阈值 20% , 不满足扇区合并条件。 这时, 可以根据需要执行扇区 4 和扇区 3的合并。  Table 2 records information such as the logical carriers included in sector 4 and sector 3, the corresponding first merge threshold, the sector load of each sector, and the conditions for re-merging. It can be seen from Table 2 that the logical carrier corresponding to sector 4 is logical carrier 7 and logical carrier 8, and the sector load of the sector is 27.5%, which is less than the first merge threshold of 30%, which satisfies the sector combining condition; sector 3 The corresponding logical carriers are logical carrier 5 and logical carrier 6. The sector load of the sector is 30%, which is greater than the first merge threshold by 20%, and the sector merge condition is not satisfied. At this time, the merging of the sector 4 and the sector 3 can be performed as needed.
需要说明的,在将扇区 1和扇区 2进行合并之前,首先需要对扇区 1、 扇区 2中正在使用 PDCH资源的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源进行调整, 以避免扇区合并后资源冲突。 示例的, 如果可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组成, 假 设合并前有用户设备 1 在扇区 1 下进行数据传输, 用户设备 2在扇区 2 下进行数据传输, 扇区 1与扇区 2 的资源调整情况如表 3所示。 It should be noted that, before combining the sector 1 and the sector 2, the PDCH resources occupied by the user equipments that are using the PDCH resources in the sector 1 and the sector 2 need to be adjusted to avoid the resources after the sector is merged. conflict. For example, if the available PDCH resource is composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, it is assumed that user equipment 1 performs data transmission under sector 1 before combining, and user equipment 2 performs data transmission under sector 2, sector 1 and sector. The resource adjustment of Zone 2 is shown in Table 3.
表 3 各扇区的资源调整信息  Table 3 Resource adjustment information for each sector
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
表 3记录了扇区 1和扇区 2的资源调整的具体情况, 资源调整前各 用户设备所占用的资源如表 2的 "合并前资源占用" 列所示, 资源调整后 各用户设备所占用的资源如表 2的 "资源占用调整" 列所示。 由表 3可以 看出, 用户设备 1在资源调整之前占用逻辑载波 1的时隙 6的 RLC/MAC 块 B0〜B5 , 用户设备 2 在资源调整之前占用逻辑载波 3 的时隙 6 的 RLC/MAC块 B3〜B8。 经过资源调整之后, 用户设备 1 占用逻辑载波 1的 时隙 6的 RLC/MAC块 B0〜B4 , 用户设备 2 占用逻辑载波 3的时隙 6的 RLC/MAC块 B5〜B8。完成调整后,基站控制器通过信令将所分配的 PDCH 资源通知所述用户设备 1、 用户设备 2 , 信令可以是 "Packet Downlink Assignment " , " Multiple TBF Downlink Assignment " , " Packet Uplink Assignment " 、 " Multiple TBF Uplink Assignment " 、 " Packet Timeslot Reconfigure " 、 " Multiple TBF Timeslot Reconfigure " 、 " Immediate Assignment" , "Packet CS Release Indication" 等中的一种, 携带为用户设 备 1和用户设备 2分配的上行和下行的 PDCH资源信息, 如 TFI、 时隙号 等信息。 如果是在多个载波上分配 PDCH 资源, 还会包含载波编号, 如 果分配的是上行 PDCH资源, 还需要包含 USF。 Table 3 records the details of the resource adjustments of the sector 1 and the sector 2. The resources occupied by the user equipments before the resource adjustment are as shown in the column of the pre-merger resource occupation in Table 2, and are occupied by the user equipment after the resource adjustment. The resources are shown in the "Resource Usage Adjustment" column of Table 2. As can be seen from Table 3, the user equipment 1 occupies the RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B5 of the slot 6 of the logical carrier 1 before the resource adjustment, and the user equipment 2 occupies the RLC/MAC of the slot 6 of the logical carrier 3 before the resource adjustment. Blocks B3 to B8. After the resource adjustment, the user equipment 1 occupies the RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B4 of the slot 6 of the logical carrier 1, and the user equipment 2 occupies the RLC/MAC blocks B5 to B8 of the slot 6 of the logical carrier 3. After the adjustment is completed, the base station controller notifies the user equipment 1 and the user equipment 2 of the allocated PDCH resources by signaling, and the signaling may be "Packet Downlink Assignment", "Multiple TBF Downlink Assignment", "Packet Uplink Assignment", One of "Multiple TBF Uplink Assignment", "Packet Timeslot Reconfigure", "Multiple TBF Timeslot Reconfigure", "Real Assignment", "Packet CS Release Indication", etc. The uplink and downlink PDCH resource information allocated by the backup device 1 and the user equipment 2, such as TFI, slot number, and the like. If the PDCH resource is allocated on multiple carriers, the carrier number is also included. If the uplink PDCH resource is allocated, the USF needs to be included.
当扇区 1与扇区 2进行合并时, 逻辑载波 1与逻辑载波 3合并为一 个逻辑载波 7 , 此时用户设备 1和用户设备 2共用逻辑载波 7的资源, 具 体的合并后占用资源的信息如表 4所示。  When the sector 1 and the sector 2 are combined, the logical carrier 1 and the logical carrier 3 are combined into one logical carrier 7. At this time, the user equipment 1 and the user equipment 2 share the resources of the logical carrier 7, and the specific merged occupied resource information. As shown in Table 4.
表 4 各扇区合并后的资源分配信息  Table 4 Resource allocation information after consolidation of each sector
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
表 4记录了扇区 1和扇区 2合并得到扇区 4和扇区 3之后用户设备 1 和用户设备 2的资源分配的情况。由于经过资源调整之后用户设备 1 占用 逻辑载波 1的时隙 6的 RLC/MAC块 B0〜B4, 用户设备 2占用逻辑载波 3 的时隙 6的 RLC/MAC块 B5〜B8 , 由表 4可以得出, 在合并得到扇区 4 和扇区 3之后, 逻辑载波 1和逻辑载波 3合并为逻辑载波 7 , 此时用户设 备 1 占用逻辑载波 7的时隙 6的 RLC/MAC块 B0〜B4,用户设备 2占用逻 辑载波 7的时隙 6的 RLC/MAC块 B5〜B8 , 由此可见, 经过资源调整, 避 免了在合并过程中,由于用户设备 1和用户设备 2都用到逻辑载波 7的时 隙 6的 RLC/MAC块 B3〜B5而造成的资源冲突。  Table 4 records the case where the resource allocation of the user equipment 1 and the user equipment 2 after the sector 1 and the sector 2 are combined to obtain the sector 4 and the sector 3. Since the user equipment 1 occupies the RLC/MAC blocks B0 B B4 of the slot 6 of the logical carrier 1 after the resource adjustment, the user equipment 2 occupies the RLC/MAC blocks B5 B B8 of the slot 6 of the logical carrier 3, which can be obtained from Table 4. After the combination of the sector 4 and the sector 3, the logical carrier 1 and the logical carrier 3 are combined into a logical carrier 7, and the user equipment 1 occupies the RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B4 of the time slot 6 of the logical carrier 7, the user The device 2 occupies the RLC/MAC blocks B5 to B8 of the time slot 6 of the logical carrier 7, and thus, it can be seen that after the resource adjustment, the user equipment 1 and the user equipment 2 are all used in the logical carrier 7 during the merging process. Resource conflict caused by RLC/MAC blocks B3 to B5 of slot 6.
如果可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF或 TFI组成的, 资源调整的 过程和合并的过程与可用 PDCH资源是至少一个 RLC/MAC块的资源调 整过程和合并过程相同, 本发明对此不做详述。 If the available PDCH resources are composed of at least one USF or TFI, resource-adjusted The process and the merge process are the same as the resource adjustment process and the merge process in which the available PDCH resources are at least one RLC/MAC block, which will not be described in detail in the present invention.
本发明实施例提供的资源管理方法, 在扇区满足合并条件时, 对至 少两个扇区执行合并, 相较于现有技术, 节约了通信资源, 并保证了用户 设备进行数据传输业务的质量, 提高了用户体验。 假设用户设备为进行数据传输的用户设备, 釆用了共小区技术后, 当前小区 Y的基站控制器管理的小区包含 3个位置组, 分别为位置组 A, 位置组 B和位置组 C , 位置组 A、 位置组 B和位置组 C可以在一个基站 上也可以分布在多个基站上, 基站控制器对所述位置组 A、 位置组 B和 位置组 C的物理载波进行资源划分或为所述位置组 A、 位置组 B和位置 组 C 的用户设备分配资源时, 通过每个位置组所对应的基站进行具体实 施, 所述位置组 A的物理载波为物理载波 D1 , 物理载波 E1 ; 位置组 B 的物理载波为物理载波 D2 , 物理载波 E2; 位置组 C的物理载波为物理载 波 D3 , 物理载波 E3 , 该小区有两个逻辑载波, 分别为第一逻辑载波和第 二逻辑载波, 其中第一逻辑载波包括的物理载波为物理载波 D1 , 物理载 波 D2和物理载波 D3 , 第二逻辑载波包括的物理载波为物理载波 E1 , 物 理载波 E2和物理载波 E3。 用户设备 F位于位置组 A。 本发明实施例提供 一种资源管理方法, 用于网络侧设备, 本发明实施例以基站控制器为例进 行说明, 并不单指基站控制器, 如图 5所示, 包括:  The resource management method provided by the embodiment of the present invention performs the merging of at least two sectors when the sector satisfies the merging condition, saves communication resources and ensures the quality of the data transmission service of the user equipment compared with the prior art. , improved user experience. Assuming that the user equipment is a user equipment for data transmission, after the common cell technology is used, the cell managed by the base station controller of the current cell Y includes three location groups, namely, a location group A, a location group B, and a location group C, where The group A, the location group B, and the location group C may be distributed on multiple base stations on one base station, and the base station controller performs resource division on the physical carriers of the location group A, the location group B, and the location group C. The user equipments of the location group A, the location group B, and the location group C are allocated by the base station corresponding to each location group. The physical carrier of the location group A is the physical carrier D1 and the physical carrier E1. The physical carrier of group B is physical carrier D2 and physical carrier E2; the physical carrier of location group C is physical carrier D3, physical carrier E3, and the cell has two logical carriers, which are respectively a first logical carrier and a second logical carrier, wherein The physical carrier included in the first logical carrier is physical carrier D1, physical carrier D2 and physical carrier D3, and the physical carrier included in the second logical carrier is physical Carrier E1, physical carrier E2 and physical carrier E3. User device F is located in location group A. The embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management method, which is used for a network side device. The embodiment of the present invention uses a base station controller as an example, and does not refer to a base station controller. As shown in FIG. 5, the method includes:
步骤 501、 接收用户设备 F的接入请求, 执行步骤 502。  Step 501: Receive an access request of the user equipment F, and perform step 502.
接入请求可以是第一用户设备发送的 "Packet Resource Request (分 组资源请求消息 )"、 "EGPRS Packet Channel Request ( EGPRS分组信道请 求消息)"、 " Packet Channel Request (分组信道请求)" 或者 " Channel Request (消息或信道请求消息)"。  The access request may be a "Packet Resource Request", an "EGPRS Packet Channel Request", a "Packet Channel Request", or a "Channel" transmitted by the first user equipment. Request (message or channel request message).
可选的, 在步骤 501 之前, 首先需要划分物理载波 D1 , 物理载波 D2,物理载波 D3 ,物理载波 E1 ,物理载波 E2和物理载波 E3的可用 PDCH 资源。  Optionally, before step 501, the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D1, the physical carrier D2, the physical carrier D3, the physical carrier E1, the physical carrier E2, and the physical carrier E3 are first allocated.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组 成, 对于一个 52复帧周期内, 经过划分之后得出, 物理载波 D1 的可用 PDCH资源为第一逻辑载波的所有 PDCH的 RLC/MAC块 B0〜B2,物理载 波 D2的可用 PDCH资源为第一逻辑载波的所有 PDCH的 RLC/MAC块 B3〜B8 , 物理载波 D3的可用 PDCH资源为第一逻辑载波的所有 PDCH的 RLC/MAC块 B9〜: B11 ;物理载波 E1的可用 PDCH资源为第二逻辑载波的 所有 PDCH的 RLC/MAC块 B0〜B3 ,物理载波 E2的可用 PDCH资源为第 二逻辑载波的所有 PDCH的 RLC/MAC块 B4〜B7 , 物理载波 E3 的可用 PDCH资源为第二逻辑载波的 RLC/MAC块所有 PDCH的 B8〜B 11。 实际 应用中, 基站控制器存储的资源准入表由以上信息组成。 If the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are by at least one RLC/MAC block group For a 52 multiframe period, after demarcation, the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D1 are the RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B2 of all PDCHs of the first logical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D2 are the first. RLC/MAC blocks B3 to B8 of all PDCHs of the logical carrier, the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D3 are the RLC/MAC blocks B9~: B11 of all PDCHs of the first logical carrier; the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier E1 are the second logic RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B3 of all PDCHs of the carrier, available PDCH resources of the physical carrier E2 are RLC/MAC blocks B4 to B7 of all PDCHs of the second logical carrier, and available PDCH resources of the physical carrier E3 are the second logical carrier RLC/MAC block B8~B 11 of all PDCH. In practical applications, the resource admission table stored by the base station controller is composed of the above information.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的, 经 过划分之后得出,物理载波 D1的可用 PDCH资源为第一逻辑载波的所有 PDCH中每一个信道的 USF=0〜USF=2 , 物理载波 D2的可用 PDCH资源 为第一逻辑载波的所有 PDCH中每一个信道的 USF=3〜USF=5 , 物理载波 D3 的可用 PDCH 资源为第一逻辑载波的所有 PDCH 中每一个信道的 USF=6和 USF=7;物理载波 E1的可用 PDCH资源为第二逻辑载波的所有 PDCH中每一个信道的 USF=0和 USF=1 , 物理载波 E2的可用 PDCH资 源为第二逻辑载波的所有 PDCH中每一个信道的 USF=2〜USF=4 , 物理载 波 E3 的可用 PDCH资源为第二逻辑载波的所有 PDCH 中每一个信道的 USF=5〜USF=7。 实际应用中, 基站控制器存储的资源准入表由以上信息 组成。  If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one USF, after being divided, the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D1 are USF=0~USF=2 for each channel of all the PDCHs of the first logical carrier. The available PDCH resource of the physical carrier D2 is USF=3~USF=5 for each channel of all PDCHs of the first logical carrier, and the available PDCH resource of the physical carrier D3 is USF= for each channel of all PDCHs of the first logical carrier. 6 and USF=7; the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier E1 are USF=0 and USF=1 of each channel of all PDCHs of the second logical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier E2 are all PDCHs of the second logical carrier. USF=2~USF=4 for each channel, and the available PDCH resource of physical carrier E3 is USF=5~USF=7 for each channel of all PDCHs of the second logical carrier. In practical applications, the resource admission table stored by the base station controller is composed of the above information.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 TFI组成的, 资 源分配的情况与各物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的 类似, 本发明实施例对此不再详述。  If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one TFI, the resource allocation is similar to the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers, which is composed of at least one USF.
步骤 502、根据用户设备 F的接入请求为用户设备 F分配资源,执行 步骤 503。  Step 502: Allocate resources to the user equipment F according to the access request of the user equipment F, and perform step 503.
通常的, 所述接入请求中包括接入请求的类型、 终端能力等信息, 基站控制器根据用户设备 F的接入请求, 判断用户设备 F待接入的物理 载波。 由于在位置组 A收到用户设备 F的接入请求, 所以基站控制器为 用户设备 F在物理载波 D1和物理载波 E1的可用 PDCH资源中分配资源。 如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组 成, 设用户设备 F请求建立上行 TBF , 基站控制器为用户设备 F分配 PDCH资源, 有三种分配方式: Generally, the access request includes information about the type of the access request, the terminal capability, and the like, and the base station controller determines, according to the access request of the user equipment F, the physical carrier to be accessed by the user equipment F. Since the location group A receives the access request of the user equipment F, the base station controller allocates resources for the user equipment F in the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D1 and the physical carrier E1. If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, the user equipment F requests to establish an uplink TBF, and the base station controller allocates PDCH resources for the user equipment F, and there are three allocation modes:
第一种分配方式为在物理载波 D1上分配上行 TBF , 该 TBF 包含一 个配置为 PDCH的时隙号, 一个时隙对应一个 PDCH,还包括指定的 USF 和 TFI。如果将该 PDCH的一个 52复帧周期内的 RLC/MAC块 B0指定给 用户设备 F使用,则复用在物理载波 D1的该 PDCH上的其他用户设备或 TBF将不能使用 B0。  The first allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carrier D1. The TBF includes a slot number configured as a PDCH, one slot corresponding to one PDCH, and a specified USF and TFI. If the RLC/MAC block B0 in a 52 multiframe period of the PDCH is assigned to the user equipment F, the other user equipment or TBF multiplexed on the PDCH of the physical carrier D1 will not be able to use B0.
第二种分配方式为在物理载波 D1上分配上行 TBF , 该 TBF 包含多 个配置为 PDCH的时隙号,每个时隙对应一个 PDCH ,还包括指定的 USF 和 TFI。 如果将其中一个 PDCH的一个 52复帧周期内的 RLC/MAC块 B0 指定给用户设备 F使用,则复用在物理载波 D1的相同 PDCH上的其他用 户设备或 TBF将不能使用 B0。  The second allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carrier D1. The TBF includes a plurality of slot numbers configured as PDCHs, each time slot corresponding to one PDCH, and a specified USF and TFI. If the RLC/MAC block B0 within one 52 multiframe period of one of the PDCHs is assigned to the user equipment F, the other user equipment or TBF multiplexed on the same PDCH of the physical carrier D1 will not be able to use B0.
第三种分配方式为在物理载波 D1和 E1上分配上行 TBF ,该 TBF包 含多个配置为 PDCH的时隙号, 每个时隙对应一个 PDCH, 还包括指定的 USF和 TFI。 如果将物理载波 D1上的一个或多个 PDCH的一个 52复帧 周期内的 RLC/MAC块 B0指定给用户设备 F使用, 则复用在物理载波 D1 的相同 PDCH上的其他用户设备或 TBF将不能使用 B0。 如果将物理 载波 E1上的一个或多个 PDCH的一个 52复帧周期内的 RLC/MAC块 B1 指定给用户设备 F使用, 则复用在物理载波 E1的相同 PDCH上的其他用 户设备或 TBF将不能使用 Bl。  The third allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carriers D1 and E1. The TBF includes a plurality of slot numbers configured as PDCHs, each time slot corresponding to one PDCH, and a specified USF and TFI. If the RLC/MAC block B0 in one 52 multiframe period of one or more PDCHs on the physical carrier D1 is assigned to the user equipment F for use, the other user equipment or TBF multiplexed on the same PDCH of the physical carrier D1 will Cannot use B0. If the RLC/MAC block B1 in one 52 multiframe period of one or more PDCHs on the physical carrier E1 is assigned to the user equipment F for use, the other user equipment or TBF multiplexed on the same PDCH of the physical carrier E1 will Can't use Bl.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的, 4叚 设用户设备 F请求建立上行 TBF , 基站控制器为用户设备 F分配 PDCH 资源, 也有三种分配方式:  If the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one USF, the user equipment F requests to establish an uplink TBF, and the base station controller allocates PDCH resources for the user equipment F, and there are also three allocation methods:
第一种分配方式为在物理载波 D1上分配上行 TBF , 该 TBF 包含一 个配置为 PDCH的时隙号, 一个时隙对应一个 PDCH,还包括指定的 USF 和 TFI。 如果将该 PDCH的 USF=0指定给用户设备 F使用, 则复用在物 理载波 D1的该 PDCH上的其他用户设备或 TBF将不能使用 USF=0。  The first allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carrier D1. The TBF includes a slot number configured as a PDCH, one slot corresponding to one PDCH, and a specified USF and TFI. If the USF=0 of the PDCH is assigned to the user equipment F, the other user equipment or TBF multiplexed on the PDCH of the physical carrier D1 will not be able to use USF=0.
第二种分配方式为在物理载波 D1上分配上行 TBF , 该 TBF 包含多 个配置为 PDCH的时隙号,每个时隙对应一个 PDCH ,还包括指定的 USF 和 TFI。 如果将其中一个 PDCH的 USF=0指定给用户设备 F使用, 则复 用在物理载波 D1 的该 PDCH 上的其他用户设备或 TBF 将不能使用 USF=0。 The second allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carrier D1, and the TBF includes multiple The slot number configured as the PDCH, each time slot corresponds to one PDCH, and also includes the specified USF and TFI. If USF=0 of one of the PDCHs is assigned to the user equipment F, the other user equipment or TBF multiplexed on the PDCH of the physical carrier D1 will not be able to use USF=0.
第三种分配方式为在物理载波 D1和 E1上分配上行 TBF ,该 TBF包 含多个配置为 PDCH的时隙号, 每个时隙对应一个 PDCH, 还包括指定的 USF和 TFI。如果将物理载波 D1上的一个或多个 PDCH的 USF=0指定给 用户设备 F使用,则复用在物理载波 D1的相同 PDCH上的其他用户设备 或 TBF将不能使用 USF=0。 如果将物理载波 E1 上的一个或多个 PDCH 的 USF=1 指定给用户设备 F使用, 则复用在物理载波 E1 的相同 PDCH 上的其他用户设备或 TBF将不能使用 USF=1。  The third allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carriers D1 and E1. The TBF includes a plurality of slot numbers configured as PDCHs, each time slot corresponding to one PDCH, and a specified USF and TFI. If USF=0 of one or more PDCHs on physical carrier D1 is assigned to user equipment F, other user equipment or TBFs multiplexed on the same PDCH of physical carrier D1 will not be able to use USF=0. If USF=1 of one or more PDCHs on physical carrier E1 is assigned to user equipment F, other user equipment or TBFs multiplexed on the same PDCH of physical carrier E1 will not be able to use USF=1.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 TFI组成的, 4叚 设用户设备 F请求建立上行 TBF , 基站控制器为用户设备 F分配 PDCH 资源, 同样有三种分配方式:  If the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one TFI, the user equipment F requests to establish an uplink TBF, and the base station controller allocates a PDCH resource for the user equipment F, and there are also three allocation modes:
第一种分配方式为在物理载波 D1上分配上行 TBF , 该 TBF 包含一 个配置为 PDCH的时隙号, 一个时隙对应一个 PDCH,还包括指定的 USF 和 TFI。 如果将该 PDCH的 TFI=0指定给用户设备 F使用, 则复用在物理 载波 D1的该 PDCH上的其他用户设备或 TBF将不能使用 TFI=0。  The first allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carrier D1. The TBF includes a slot number configured as a PDCH, one slot corresponding to one PDCH, and a specified USF and TFI. If the TFI=0 of the PDCH is assigned to the user equipment F, the other user equipment or TBF multiplexed on the PDCH of the physical carrier D1 will not be able to use TFI=0.
第二种分配方式为在物理载波 D1上分配上行 TBF , 该 TBF 包含多 个配置为 PDCH的时隙号,每个时隙对应一个 PDCH ,还包括指定的 USF 和 TFI。 如果将该 PDCH的 TFI=0指定给用户设备 F使用, 则复用在物理 载波 D1的相同 PDCH上的其他用户设备或 TBF将不能使用 TFI=0。  The second allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carrier D1. The TBF includes a plurality of slot numbers configured as PDCHs, each time slot corresponding to one PDCH, and a specified USF and TFI. If the TFI=0 of the PDCH is assigned to the user equipment F, the other user equipment or TBF multiplexed on the same PDCH of the physical carrier D1 will not be able to use TFI=0.
第三种分配方式为在物理载波 D1和 E1上分配上行 TBF ,该 TBF包 含多个配置为 PDCH的时隙号, 每个时隙对应一个 PDCH, 还包括指定的 USF和 TFI。 如果将物理载波 D1上的一个或多个 PDCH的 TFI=0指定给 用户设备 F使用,则复用在物理载波 D1的相同 PDCH上的其他用户设备 或 TBF将不能使用 TFI=0。如果将物理载波 El上的 TFI=0指定给用户设 备 F使用,则复用在物理载波 E1的相同 PDCH上的其他用户设备或 TBF 将不能使用 TFI=0。 步骤 503、 判断所述小区 Y 当前的用户设备数量是否大于或等于第 二分裂阈值。 当所述小区 Y 当前的用户设备数量大于或等于第二分裂阈 值,执行步骤 504 ,当所述小区 Y当前的用户设备数量小于第二分裂阈值, 执行步骤 505。 The third allocation method is to allocate an uplink TBF on the physical carriers D1 and E1, the TBF includes a plurality of slot numbers configured as PDCH, each time slot corresponds to one PDCH, and further includes a specified USF and TFI. If TFI=0 of one or more PDCHs on physical carrier D1 is assigned to user equipment F for use, other user equipment or TBFs multiplexed on the same PDCH of physical carrier D1 will not be able to use TFI=0. If TFI=0 on the physical carrier El is assigned to the user equipment F for use, other user equipment or TBFs multiplexed on the same PDCH of the physical carrier E1 will not be able to use TFI=0. Step 503: Determine whether the current number of user equipments in the cell Y is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold. When the number of the current user equipment of the cell Y is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold, step 504 is performed, and when the current number of user equipments of the cell Y is less than the second splitting threshold, step 505 is performed.
示例的, 当用户设备 F接入物理载波 D1之后, 基站控制器统计小区 Y 当前两个逻辑载波共承载的用户设备的数量, 如果所述小区 Y 当前承 载的用户设备的数量大于或等于第二分裂阈值, 则小区 Y分裂。 示例的, 所述第二分裂阈值可以为小区 γ 最多可承载的用户设备的数量的百分之 80 , 也可以是百分之百, 实际应用中, 可以根据具体情况确定, 本发明实 施例对此不做限定。  For example, after the user equipment F accesses the physical carrier D1, the base station controller counts the number of user equipments that are currently carried by the two logical carriers in the cell Y, if the number of user equipments currently carried by the cell Y is greater than or equal to the second. When the threshold is split, the cell Y is split. For example, the second splitting threshold may be 80% of the number of user equipments that can be carried by the cell γ, or may be 100%. In actual applications, it may be determined according to specific conditions, and the embodiment of the present invention does not do this. limited.
需要说明的, 小区分裂的判断条件也可以是判断小区当前负载是否 大于或等于第一分裂阈值, 如果小区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值, 则小区能够进行小区分裂;小区分裂的判断条件还可以是判断小区的小区 覆盖是否小于或等于第三分裂阈值,如果小区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三 分裂阈值则小区能够进行小区分裂。  It should be noted that the determining condition of the cell splitting may also be determining whether the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold. If the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold, the cell can perform cell splitting; The cell coverage of the cell may be determined to be less than or equal to the third splitting threshold. If the cell coverage of the cell is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the cell can perform cell splitting.
步骤 504、 小区 Y分裂为至少两个扇区。  Step 504: The cell Y is split into at least two sectors.
在将小区 Y分裂为至少两个扇区之前, 首先需要对小区 Y当前接入 的用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源进行调整, 以免在分裂的过程中产生资 源冲突。  Before splitting the cell Y into at least two sectors, it is first necessary to adjust the PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment currently accessed by the cell Y to avoid resource conflicts during the splitting process.
当所述小区 Y 当前的用户设备数量大于或等于第二分裂阈值时, 可 以釆用空分加正交训练序列技术将所述小区 Y分裂为两个扇区, 分别为 扇区 Y1 和扇区 Y2, 釆用空分加正交训练序列技术可以使得分裂后得到 的所述至少两个扇区的逻辑载波之间实现了较好的干扰隔离。  When the current number of user equipments in the cell Y is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold, the cell Y may be split into two sectors by using a space division plus orthogonal training sequence technique, which are respectively sector Y1 and sector. Y2, using the space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology, can achieve better interference isolation between the logical carriers of the at least two sectors obtained after the splitting.
所述扇区 Y1 中包括位置组 A, 且存在两个逻辑载波, 分别为第一逻 辑载波 A1和第二逻辑载波 G1 ,所述扇区 Y2中包括位置组 B和位置组 C , 也存在两个逻辑载波, 分别为第一逻辑载波 A2和第二逻辑载波 G2 , 则 所述第一逻辑载波 A1和所述第一逻辑载波 A2的参数配置与第一逻辑载 波的参数配置相同。 小区 Y分裂后, 各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源也 进行了重新划分。 如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组 成, 根据各个物理载波的负载重新划分可用 PDCH资源, 按照 52复帧周 期进行划分, 划分后得到物理载波 D1的可用 PDCH资源为第一逻辑载波 A1的 RLC/MAC块 B0〜: B11 , 物理载波 E1的可用 PDCH资源为第二逻辑 载波 G1的 RLC/MAC块 B0〜B 11 ,物理载波 D2的可用 PDCH资源为第一 逻辑载波 A2的 RLC/MAC块 B0〜B6 , 物理载波 D3的可用 PDCH资源为 第一逻辑载波 A2的 RLC/MAC块 B7〜: B11 ,物理载波 E2的可用 PDCH资 源为第二逻辑载波 G2的 RLC/MAC块 B0〜B5,物理载波 E3的可用 PDCH 资源为第二逻辑载波 G2的 RLC/MAC块 B6〜B11。 实际应用中, 基站控 制器可以根据重新划分后个各物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源更新资源准入 表, 更新后的资源准入表记录的信息如上所述。 The sector Y1 includes a location group A, and there are two logical carriers, which are a first logical carrier A1 and a second logical carrier G1, respectively, and the sector Y2 includes a location group B and a location group C, and there are also two The logical carriers are respectively the first logical carrier A2 and the second logical carrier G2, and the parameter configurations of the first logical carrier A1 and the first logical carrier A2 are the same as the parameter configuration of the first logical carrier. After the cell Y is split, the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are also re-divided. If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, the available PDCH resources are re-divided according to the load of each physical carrier, and the PDCH resources are divided according to the 52 multiframe period, and the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D1 are obtained. RLC/MAC block B0~:B11 of a logical carrier A1, the available PDCH resource of the physical carrier E1 is the RLC/MAC block B0~B11 of the second logical carrier G1, and the available PDCH resource of the physical carrier D2 is the first logical carrier A2 The RLC/MAC blocks B0 to B6, the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D3 are the RLC/MAC blocks B7~:B11 of the first logical carrier A2, and the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier E2 are the RLC/MAC blocks of the second logical carrier G2. B0 to B5, the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier E3 are the RLC/MAC blocks B6 to B11 of the second logical carrier G2. In an actual application, the base station controller may update the resource admission table according to the available PDCH resources of the re-divided physical carriers, and the information recorded in the updated resource admission table is as described above.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的, 根 据各个物理载波的负载重新划分可用 PDCH 资源, 划分后得到物理载波 D1 的可用 PDCH资源为第一逻辑载波 A1 的所有 PDCH中每一个 PDCH 的 USF=0〜USF=7 , 物理载波 E1 的可用 PDCH 资源为第二逻辑载波 G1 的所有 PDCH 中每一个 PDCH 的 USF=0〜USF=7 , 物理载波 D2 的可用 PDCH 资源为第一逻辑载波 A2 的所有 PDCH 中每一个 PDCH 的 USF=0〜USF=3 , 物理载波 D3的可用 PDCH资源为第一逻辑载波 A2的所 有 PDCH中每一个 PDCH的 USF=4〜USF=7 , 物理载波 E2的可用 PDCH 资源为第二逻辑载波 G2的所有 PDCH中每一个 PDCH的 USF=0〜USF=4 , 物理载波 E3的可用 PDCH资源为第二逻辑载波 G2的所有 PDCH中每一 个 PDCH的 USF=5〜USF=7 , 实际应用中, 基站控制器可以根据重新划分 后个各物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源更新资源准入表, 更新后的资源准入 表记录的信息如上所述。  If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one USF, the available PDCH resources are re-divided according to the load of each physical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier D1 are obtained as each of all the PDCHs of the first logical carrier A1. USF=0~USF=7 of the PDCH, the available PDCH resource of the physical carrier E1 is USF=0~USF=7 of each PDCH of all PDCHs of the second logical carrier G1, and the available PDCH resource of the physical carrier D2 is the first logic USF=0~USF=3 for each PDCH of all PDCHs of carrier A2, and available PDCH resources of physical carrier D3 are USF=4~USF=7 for each PDCH of all PDCHs of the first logical carrier A2, physical carrier E2 The available PDCH resource is USF=0~USF=4 for each PDCH of all PDCHs of the second logical carrier G2, and the available PDCH resources of the physical carrier E3 are USF=5 for each PDCH of all PDCHs of the second logical carrier G2. ~USF=7, in actual application, the base station controller can update the resource access table according to the available PDCH resources of the re-divided physical carriers, and update the resource access table record. Information as described above.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 TFI组成的, 资 源重新划分的情况与各物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组 成的类似, 本发明实施例对此不再详述。  If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one TFI, the resource re-division is similar to the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers, and is not detailed in this embodiment of the present invention.
资源重新划分完成之后, 基站控制器通过信令消息将资源分配信息 发送给各个基站, 然后每个基站发送给当前接入该基站的用户设备。 需要说明的是, 实际应用中, 分裂后物理载波的 PDCH 的时隙与分 裂前对应的逻辑载波的 PDCH的时隙可以保持一致, 也可以不一致。 After the resource re-division is completed, the base station controller sends the resource allocation information to each base station by using a signaling message, and then each base station sends the user equipment to the user equipment currently accessing the base station. It should be noted that, in actual applications, the time slot of the PDCH of the physical carrier after the splitting may be consistent with the time slot of the PDCH of the logical carrier corresponding to the splitting, or may be inconsistent.
步骤 505、 保持小区 Y当前状态不变。  Step 505: Keep the current state of the cell Y unchanged.
步骤 506、 接收用户设备 H的接入请求, 执行步骤 507。  Step 506: Receive an access request of the user equipment H, and perform step 507.
通常的, 所述接入申请中包括用户设备 H的位置信息, 基站控制器 在接收到请求后根据用户设备 H的位置信息, 能够判断出用户设备 H处 于哪一个扇区, 设用户设备 H位于扇区 Yl。  Generally, the access request includes location information of the user equipment H. After receiving the request, the base station controller can determine, according to the location information of the user equipment H, which sector the user equipment H is in, and set the user equipment H to be located. Sector Yl.
步骤 507、 根据所述用户设备 Η的接入请求, 为用户设备 Η在所述 至少两个扇区逻辑载波中分配资源, 执行步骤 508。  Step 507: According to the access request of the user equipment, allocate resources to the at least two sector logical carriers for the user equipment, and perform step 508.
根据所述用户设备 Η的接入请求, 在所述扇区 Y1 的两个物理载波 中为所述用户设备 Η分配 RLC/MAC块。  The RLC/MAC block is allocated to the user equipment 两个 in two physical carriers of the sector Y1 according to the access request of the user equipment Η.
4叚设用户设备 Η接入物理载波 D1 , 如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组成,则基站控制器可以将第一逻辑载波 A1 的 RLC/MAC块 B0〜: B11 中的其中一个 RLC/MAC块分配给用户设备 H , 假设用户设备被分配到的 RLC/MAC块为 B0; 如果各个物理载波的 可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的, 则基站控制器可以将第一逻 辑载波 A1的所有时隙中每一个时隙的 USF=0〜USF=7中的其中一个 USF 分配给用户设备 H; 如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源是由至少一个 TFI组成的, 为用户设备 H分配资源的情况与各物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源是由至少一个 USF组成的类似, 本发明实施例对此不再详述。  4. The user equipment Η accesses the physical carrier D1. If the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, the base station controller may use the RLC/MAC block B0~: B11 of the first logical carrier A1. One of the RLC/MAC blocks is allocated to the user equipment H, assuming that the RLC/MAC block to which the user equipment is allocated is B0; if the available PDCH resources of the respective physical carriers are composed of at least one USF, the base station controller may One of the USF=0~USF=7 of each time slot of the first logical carrier A1 is allocated to the user equipment H; if the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one TFI, The case where the user equipment H allocates resources is similar to the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers, which is composed of at least one USF, which is not detailed in this embodiment of the present invention.
特别的, 如果在小区分裂的过程中, 分裂后物理载波的 PDCH 的时 隙与分裂前对应的逻辑载波的 PDCH 的时隙保持一致, 在分裂后为用户 设备 H分配资源时, 如果用户设备 H的数据传输量较大, 可以判断存储 在緩存区域的用户设备 H 的数据量是否大于预设容量阈值, 并当该数据 量大于预设容量阈值时,在至少两个扇区的逻辑载波中获取未被占用的第 一资源再次分配给所述第一用户设备。  In particular, if the time slot of the PDCH of the physical carrier is the same as the time slot of the PDCH of the logical carrier corresponding to the pre-split, in the process of cell splitting, if the user equipment H is allocated resources after the split, if the user equipment H The data transmission amount is large, and it can be determined whether the data amount of the user equipment H stored in the buffer area is greater than a preset capacity threshold, and when the data quantity is greater than the preset capacity threshold, the data is acquired in the logical carrier of at least two sectors. The unoccupied first resource is again allocated to the first user equipment.
示例的, 如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC 块组成, 获取所述扇区 Y2 的物理载波 D2 中的未被占用的 RLC/MAC块 B0作为第一 RLC/MAC块, 再次分配给用户设备 H, 则所 述用户设备 H 被分配到使用两个参数配置相同的逻辑载波的相同 RLC/MAC块标识的 RLC/MAC块用于数据传输; 如果各个物理载波的可 用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的, 获取所述扇区 Y2的物理载波 D2中的未被占用的 USF作为第二 USF , 再次分配给用户设备 H, 则所述 用户设备 H 被分配到使用两个参数配置相同的逻辑载波的相同时隙的 USF用于数据传输; 如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 TFI 组成的, 为用户设备 H 再次分配资源的情况与各物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的类似, 本发明实施例对此不再详述。 For example, if the available PDCH resources of the respective physical carriers are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, the unoccupied RLC/MAC block B0 in the physical carrier D2 of the sector Y2 is obtained as the first RLC/MAC block. Assigned to user device H again, then The user equipment H is allocated to the RLC/MAC block identified by the same RLC/MAC block of the same logical carrier using two parameters for data transmission; if the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one USF, The unoccupied USF in the physical carrier D2 of the sector Y2 is allocated as the second USF to the user equipment H, and the user equipment H is allocated to the same time slot in which the same logical carrier is configured using two parameters. USF is used for data transmission; if the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one TFI, the case of re-allocating resources for user equipment H is similar to the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier being composed of at least one USF, The embodiments of the invention will not be described in detail.
进一步的, 用户设备 F也可以进行数据量判断和资源再分配过程, 具体过程参考对用户设备 H 的数据量判断和资源再分配过程, 本发明对 此不再详述。  Further, the user equipment F can also perform the data quantity judgment and the resource reallocation process. The specific process refers to the data quantity judgment and the resource reallocation process of the user equipment H, and the present invention will not be described in detail.
步骤 508、 判断扇区 Y1 和扇区 Y2是否满足合并条件, 若扇区 Y1 和扇区 Y2 中存在满足合并条件的扇区, 执行步骤 509; 若扇区 Y1 和扇 区 Y2中不存在满足合并条件的扇区, 执行步骤 505。  Step 508: Determine whether the sector Y1 and the sector Y2 satisfy the merge condition. If there are sectors satisfying the merge condition in the sector Y1 and the sector Y2, perform step 509; if the sector Y1 and the sector Y2 do not exist, the merge is satisfied. For the conditional sector, go to step 505.
示例的, 在为用户设备 H分配 PDCH资源之后, 基站控制器分别统 计扇区 Y1和扇区 Y2的两个逻辑载波承载的用户设备的数量, 如果扇区 Y1 或扇区 Y2 当前承载的用户设备的数量小于或等于第二合并阈值, 则 扇区 Y1或扇区 Y2满足合并条件, 所述第二合并阈值可以为扇区 Y1或 扇区 Y2最多可承载的用户设备的数量的百分之 50 , 实际应用中, 根据具 体情况进行设定, 本发明实施例对此不做限定。  For example, after allocating the PDCH resource to the user equipment H, the base station controller separately counts the number of user equipments carried by the two logical carriers of the sector Y1 and the sector Y2, if the user equipment currently carried by the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 If the number is less than or equal to the second merge threshold, the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 satisfies the merge condition, and the second merge threshold may be 50% of the number of user equipments that the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 can carry at most In the actual application, the setting is performed according to the specific situation, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的, 扇区 Y1或扇区 Y2合并的判断条件也可以是判断扇区 Y1或扇区 Y2当前负载是否小于或等于第一合并阈值,如果扇区 Y1或扇 区 Y2 当前负载小于或等于第一合并阈值, 则扇区 Y1或扇区 Y2能够进 行小区分裂; 扇区 Y1 或扇区 Y2合并的判断条件还可以是判断扇区 Y1 或扇区 Y2的小区覆盖是否大于或等于第三合并阈值, 如果扇区 Y1或扇 区 Y2的小区覆盖小于或等于第三合并阈值, 则扇区 Y1或扇区 Y2能够 进行小区分裂。  It should be noted that the condition for combining the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 may also be determining whether the current load of the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 is less than or equal to the first merge threshold, if the current load of the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 is less than or equal to The first merge threshold, the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 can perform cell splitting; the judgment condition of the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 being combined may also be determining whether the cell coverage of the sector Y1 or the sector Y2 is greater than or equal to the third merge. Threshold, if the cell coverage of sector Y1 or sector Y2 is less than or equal to the third merge threshold, then sector Y1 or sector Y2 can perform cell splitting.
本发明实施例 4叚设扇区 Y1在为用户设备 H分配 PDCH资源之后, 满足合并条件, 扇区 Y2不满足合并条件。 步骤 509、 选择需要合并的扇区, 执行步骤 510。 In the fourth embodiment of the present invention, after the PDCH resource is allocated to the user equipment H, the sector Y1 satisfies the merge condition, and the sector Y2 does not satisfy the merge condition. Step 509: Select a sector to be merged, and perform step 510.
根据步骤 508 的判断, 选择需要进行合并的扇区, 由于本实施例中 仅有扇区 Y1和扇区 Y2 , 所以只能选择将扇区 Y1和扇区 Y2合并, 实际 应用中, 可以选择多个扇区进行合并, 其中多个扇区中的所有扇区可以都 满足合并条件, 也可以是至少一个扇区满足合并条件, 其余的扇区不满足 合并条件,根据具体情况进行合并扇区的选择, 本发明实施例对此不做限 定。  According to the judgment of step 508, the sector to be merged is selected. Since there are only sector Y1 and sector Y2 in this embodiment, only sector Y1 and sector Y2 can be selected to be merged. In practical applications, more options can be selected. The sectors are merged, wherein all the sectors in the multiple sectors may satisfy the merge condition, or at least one sector satisfies the merge condition, and the remaining sectors do not satisfy the merge condition, and the merged sectors are merged according to specific conditions. The embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
步骤 510、 合并扇区。  Step 510: Combine sectors.
步骤 509获取到的需要进行合并的扇区为扇区 Y1和扇区 Y2 , 在将 扇区 Y1和扇区 Y2合并之前, 首先需要对扇区 Y1和扇区 Y2当前接入的 用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源进行调整, 以免在合并的过程中产生资源 冲突。  The sectors that need to be merged in step 509 are sector Y1 and sector Y2. Before combining sector Y1 and sector Y2, it is first required to occupy the user equipment currently accessed by sector Y1 and sector Y2. The PDCH resources are adjusted to avoid resource conflicts during the merge process.
完成资源调整之后, 将扇区 Y1和扇区 Y2进行合并。 合并之后得到 小区 W, 根据用户设备的数量和分布分配小区 W 中个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源。基站控制器在资源分配完成之后通过信令消息将各物理载波 的可用 PDCH资源发送给小区 W当前接入的用户设备。  After the resource adjustment is completed, the sector Y1 and the sector Y2 are merged. After the combination, the cell W is obtained, and the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers in the cell W are allocated according to the number and distribution of the user equipments. After the resource allocation is completed, the base station controller sends the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier to the user equipment currently accessed by the cell W by using a signaling message.
需要说明的, 当所述扇区的当前用户设备的数量超过扇区的第二分 裂阈值时, 所述扇区也可以分裂, 以扇区 Y1 为例, 首先判断所述扇区 Y1 是否能够进行小区分裂, 即判断所述扇区 Y1 的接入用户设备数是否 大于或等于第二分裂阈值、扇区 Y1的负载是否大于或等于第一分裂阈值、 扇区 Y1 的覆盖是否小于或等于第三分裂阈值。 若所述扇区 Y1 能够进行 小区分裂, 即扇区 Y1的接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂阈值或扇区 Y1 的负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值或扇区 Y1 的覆盖小于或等于第三分 裂阈值时, 将所述扇区 Y1分裂为至少两个子扇区, 所述扇区 Y1的分裂 的方法与所述小区 Y的分裂的方法相同, 在此不做赘述, 但小区 Y最终 分裂得到的扇区数目小于或等于所述小区 Y内存在的物理载波数。  It should be noted that, when the number of current user equipments of the sector exceeds the second split threshold of the sector, the sector may also be split. Taking the sector Y1 as an example, it is first determined whether the sector Y1 can be performed. The cell is split, that is, whether the number of access user equipments of the sector Y1 is greater than or equal to the second split threshold, whether the load of the sector Y1 is greater than or equal to the first split threshold, and whether the coverage of the sector Y1 is less than or equal to the third. Split threshold. If the sector Y1 is capable of cell splitting, that is, the number of access user equipments of the sector Y1 is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold or the load of the sector Y1 is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold or the coverage of the sector Y1 is less than or equal to When the third splitting threshold is used, the sector Y1 is split into at least two sub-sectors, and the splitting method of the sector Y1 is the same as the splitting method of the cell Y, and is not described herein, but the cell Y is finally The number of sectors obtained by splitting is less than or equal to the number of physical carriers present in the cell Y.
当小区 Y 内负载大于预设负载门限时, 进行动态的信道转换; 当小 区 Y内负载小于或等于预设负载门限时, 进行动态的信道释放。  When the load in the cell Y is greater than the preset load threshold, dynamic channel switching is performed; when the load in the cell Y is less than or equal to the preset load threshold, dynamic channel release is performed.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例提供的资源管理方法步骤的先后顺序 可以进行适当调整, 步骤也可以根据情况进行相应增减, 例如, 所述步骤It should be noted that the sequence of the steps of the resource management method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is Appropriate adjustments can be made, and the steps can also be increased or decreased according to the situation, for example, the steps
503也可以放在步骤 501之前执行, 任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本 发明揭露的技术范围内, 可轻易想到变化的方法, 都应涵盖在本发明的保 护范围之内, 因此不再赘述。 503 can also be executed before step 501. Any method that can be easily conceived within the technical scope of the present invention is well within the scope of the present invention, and therefore will not be described again. .
本发明实施例提供的资源管理方法, 将逻辑载波的通信资源根据每 一个物理载波的负载进行分配, 使得每个物理载波占用合理的通信资源, 且当小区内接入 PDCH 的用户设备较多时, 将所述小区分裂得到至少两 个扇区,每个扇区存在的逻辑载波的参数配置与分裂前小区存在的逻辑载 波的参数配置对应相同, 从而小区可用的 RLC/MAC块增加了至少一倍, 且小区内一个 USF可以指示的用户设备也增加了至少一倍。 并且在小区 内存在满足合并条件的扇区时, 执行扇区合并, 节约了通信资源, 并保证 了用户设备进行数据传输业务的质量, 因此, 相较于现有技术, 提高了资 源管理的灵活性。 本发明实施例提供一种资源管理设备 60, 如图 6所示, 包括: 接收单元 601 , 用于接收第一用户设备的接入请求。  The resource management method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates the communication resources of the logical carrier according to the load of each physical carrier, so that each physical carrier occupies a reasonable communication resource, and when there are many user devices accessing the PDCH in the cell, The cell is split to obtain at least two sectors, and the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in each sector is the same as the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in the pre-split cell, so that the available RLC/MAC block of the cell is at least doubled. And the user equipment that can be indicated by a USF in the cell is also increased by at least one time. Moreover, when there are sectors in the cell that meet the merge condition, performing sector merging saves communication resources and ensures the quality of the data transmission service of the user equipment. Therefore, compared with the prior art, the resource management is improved. Sex. The embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management device 60, as shown in FIG. 6, including: a receiving unit 601, configured to receive an access request of a first user equipment.
小区中的第一用户设备通过所述接入请求向所述基站控制器申请分 配 PDCH资源, 即第一用户设备需要使用 PDCH进行数据传输, 所述接 入请求首先发送给与第一用户设备所在地对应的基站,然后通过该基站发 送给基站控制器。 所述小区的逻辑载波中存在至少一个 PDCH, 所述小区 为逻辑小区, 即所述逻辑载波所覆盖的所有区域。  The first user equipment in the cell requests the base station controller to allocate the PDCH resource by using the access request, that is, the first user equipment needs to use the PDCH for data transmission, and the access request is first sent to the location of the first user equipment. The corresponding base station is then transmitted to the base station controller through the base station. There is at least one PDCH in the logical carrier of the cell, and the cell is a logical cell, that is, all areas covered by the logical carrier.
所述接收单元 601 所接收的接入请求可以是第一用户设备发送的 EGPRS 分组信道请求消息, 分组信道请求消息或信道请求消息的任意一 种请求消息。  The access request received by the receiving unit 601 may be any one of the EGPRS packet channel request message, the packet channel request message or the channel request message sent by the first user equipment.
获取单元 602 , 用于根据所述接收单元 601接收的所述接入请求, 获 取所述第一用户设备所需的通信资源。  The obtaining unit 602 is configured to obtain, according to the access request received by the receiving unit 601, a communication resource required by the first user equipment.
所述接入请求中一般包含第一用户设备发送的请求消息的类型、 第 一用户设备的终端能力等信息。获取单元 602根据所述接入请求判断所述 第一用户设备能够接入的物理载波以及该物理载波所需的 PDCH 资源, 本实施例中第一用户设备能够接入的物理载波为第一物理载波。 第一分配单元 603 ,用于根据所述获取单元 602获取的第一用户设备 所需的通信资源, 在第一物理载波的可用分组数据信道 PDCH 资源中为 所述第一用户设备分配资源,所述第一物理载波为所述第一用户设备待接 入的物理载波。 The access request generally includes information such as a type of the request message sent by the first user equipment, a terminal capability of the first user equipment, and the like. The obtaining unit 602 determines, according to the access request, a physical carrier that the first user equipment can access and a PDCH resource required by the physical carrier, The physical carrier that the first user equipment can access in this embodiment is the first physical carrier. The first allocating unit 603 is configured to allocate resources to the first user equipment in the available packet data channel PDCH resource of the first physical carrier according to the communication resource required by the first user equipment acquired by the acquiring unit 602. The first physical carrier is a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment.
所述可用 PDCH资源是预先设置的,基站控制器预先为每一个 PDCH 划分了可用 PDCH资源, 每个所述 PDCH的可用 PDCH资源可以由至少 一个 RLC/MAC块组成; 或者由至少一个上行链路标识 USF组成; 或者 由至少一个 TFI组成。 因此, 所述第一物理载波的可用 PDCH资源可以 为至少一个 RLC/MAC块, 或者至少一个 USF , 或者至少一个 TFI。  The available PDCH resources are preset, and the base station controller divides the available PDCH resources for each PDCH in advance, and the available PDCH resources of each of the PDCHs may be composed of at least one RLC/MAC block; or by at least one uplink Identify the USF component; or consist of at least one TFI. Therefore, the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier may be at least one RLC/MAC block, or at least one USF, or at least one TFI.
可选的, 在接收第一用户设备的接入请求之前, 需要首先为所述第 一用户设备所在的小区所包括的各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH 资源。 通 常的, 所述可用 PDCH 资源由至少一个无线链路控制 /多接入信道 RLC/MAC块组成, 或者由至少一个上行链路标识 USF , 或者至少一个临 时流标识 TFI组成, 即每个所述物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为至少一个 RLC/MAC块; 或者至少一个上行链路标识 USF; 或者至少一个由至少一 个临时流标识 TFI。 实际应用中, 基站控制器可以根据个各物理载波的可 用 PDCH 资源建立资源准入表, 所述资源准入表用于记录小区的各个物 理载波的可用 PDCH资源, 保证每一个物理载波都有可用的 PDCH资源, 且两两物理载波不存在重合的可用 PDCH资源。  Optionally, before receiving the access request of the first user equipment, the available PDCH resources are first allocated for each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located. Generally, the available PDCH resource is composed of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or is composed of at least one uplink identifier USF, or at least one temporary flow identifier TFI, that is, each said The available PDCH resources of the physical carrier are at least one RLC/MAC block; or at least one uplink identifier USF; or at least one is identified by at least one temporary flow TFI. In a practical application, the base station controller may establish a resource admission table according to available PDCH resources of each physical carrier, where the resource admission table is used to record available PDCH resources of each physical carrier of the cell, and ensure that each physical carrier is available. PDCH resources, and there are no overlapping PDCH resources in the two physical carriers.
这样一来, 由于为每一个物理载波预先设置了对应的可用 PDCH 资 源, 当接收单元接收到为用户设备分配 PDCH 资源的请求的时候, 获取 单元首先获取用户设备待接入的物理载波对应的可用 PDCH 资源, 分配 单元在获取单元获取的用户设备待接入的物理载波对应的可用 PDCH 资 源中为所述用户设备分配 PDCH资源, 提高了资源分配方式的灵活性。  In this way, since the corresponding available PDCH resource is preset for each physical carrier, when the receiving unit receives the request for allocating the PDCH resource to the user equipment, the acquiring unit first acquires the available physical carrier corresponding to the user equipment to be accessed. The PDCH resource allocates PDCH resources to the user equipment in the available PDCH resources corresponding to the physical carrier to be accessed by the user equipment acquired by the acquiring unit, thereby improving the flexibility of the resource allocation manner.
需要说明的, 在通信系统中小区可以划分成一个或多个位置组, 各 个位置组的配置和小区一致, 所述配置为 BCCH ( Broadcast Control Channel , 广播控制信道) 频点、 载波数等。 位置组的部分配置和小区也 可以不同, 如位置组的载波数可以与小区的载波数不同。每个小区包含一 个或多个逻辑载波,每个位置组包含一个或多个物理载波, 每个位置组中 的每一个物理载波对应小区中的其中一个逻辑载波,所述载波的对应就是 载波的参数配置相同, 其中参数配置指的是载波的频点、载波每个时隙的 信道类型等配置。 在实际应用中, 与一个逻辑载波对应的物理载波的部分 参数配置也可以与逻辑载波不相同, 例如, 物理载波的某个时隙的信道类 型可以与逻辑载波该时隙的信道类型不同。一个或多个位置组可以组成一 个扇区, 一个小区可以包含一个或多个扇区。 It should be noted that, in the communication system, the cell may be divided into one or more location groups, and the configuration of each location group is consistent with the cell, and the configuration is a BCCH (Broadcast Control Channel) frequency, a number of carriers, and the like. The partial configuration of the location group and the cell may also be different. For example, the number of carriers in the location group may be different from the number of carriers in the cell. Each cell contains one One or more logical carriers, each location group includes one or more physical carriers, and each physical carrier in each location group corresponds to one of the logical carriers in the cell, and the correspondence of the carriers is the same as the parameter configuration of the carrier. The parameter configuration refers to the frequency of the carrier and the channel type of each slot of the carrier. In a practical application, the partial parameter configuration of the physical carrier corresponding to one logical carrier may also be different from the logical carrier. For example, the channel type of a certain time slot of the physical carrier may be different from the channel type of the logical carrier. One or more location groups may form one sector, and one cell may contain one or more sectors.
示例的, 在为第一用户设备在该第一用户设备待接入的第一物理载 波的可用 PDCH资源上分配资源之前, 资源管理设备 60首先需要为小区 的各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH资源。  For example, before allocating resources on the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier to which the first user equipment is to be accessed, the resource management device 60 first needs to allocate available PDCH resources for each physical carrier of the cell.
假设第一用户设备所在的小区共有一个逻辑载波, 该逻辑载波为逻 辑载波 A, 该小区包括 3个位置组, 第一位置组包含第一物理载波, 第二 位置组包含第二物理载波, 第三位置组包含第三物理载波, 第一、 第二、 第三物理载波与逻辑载波 A对应。 初始时, 第一、 第二、 第三位置组组 成扇区 A。 现有技术中, 一个逻辑载波可以包括 8个时隙, 最大可配置成 8个 PDCH,每个 PDCH的上行 PDCH或下行 PDCH最大可以复用 8个用 户设备, 如上行 PDCH可复用 7个用户设备、 下行 PDCH可复用 8个用 户设备。 当为第一用户设备分配上行 TBF 时, 同时为第一用户设备分配 了一个 USF , 由于每一个用户设备在上行都携带一个 TBF , 因此也可以 认为同时为该第一用户设备所携带的 TBF分配了一个 USF。 为在该上行 PDCH上复用的每一个用户设备或上行 TBF分配一个唯一的 USF , 以便 于区分不同的用户设备或上行 TBF。 所述 USF是在下行 RLC/MAC块中 携带, 用于基站控制器指示在下一个时段占用上行 PDCH 进行发送上行 RLC/MAC块的用户设备或 TBF , 在实际应用中, 基站控制器可以为基站 控制器的任意能够完成该动作的设备。 每一个用户设备在发送上行 RLC/MAC 块时, 使用 由基站控制器指定给用户设备的 TSC(Train Sequence Code , 训练序列码), 所述 TSC为一串已知序列, 基站控制器和 与该基站控制器对应的用户设备在发送 RLC/MAC块时,在编码调制后的 突发脉冲中都携带一个预先指定的 TSC , 当用户设备接收到突发脉冲信 号时, 如果接收到的突发脉冲信号包含该 TSC , 则可认定是发送给自己 的突发脉冲, 当基站控制器接收到突发脉冲信号时, 如果接收到的突发脉 冲信号使用包含该 TSC , 则可认定是该用户设备发送的突发脉冲, 因此, TSC可以用来区分不同用户设备发送的上、 下行 RLC/MAC块。 Assume that the cell in which the first user equipment is located has a logical carrier, the logical carrier is a logical carrier A, the cell includes three location groups, the first location group includes a first physical carrier, and the second location group includes a second physical carrier, The three-position group includes a third physical carrier, and the first, second, and third physical carriers correspond to the logical carrier A. Initially, the first, second, and third location groups constitute sector A. In the prior art, one logical carrier may include 8 time slots, and the maximum is configurable to 8 PDCHs. Up to 8 user equipments may be multiplexed in the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH of each PDCH, and 7 users may be multiplexed in the PDCH as above. The device and the downlink PDCH can reuse 8 user equipments. When the first user equipment is allocated an uplink TBF, the first user equipment is also assigned a USF. Since each user equipment carries one TBF on the uplink, it can also be considered as the TBF assignment carried by the first user equipment. A USF. A unique USF is allocated for each user equipment or uplink TBF multiplexed on the uplink PDCH, so as to distinguish different user equipments or uplink TBFs. The USF is carried in the downlink RLC/MAC block, and is used by the base station controller to indicate that the uplink PDCH is used to transmit the uplink RLC/MAC block in the next time period. In actual applications, the base station controller may be controlled by the base station. Any device that can perform this action. Each user equipment uses a TSC (Train Sequence Code) assigned to the user equipment by the base station controller when transmitting the uplink RLC/MAC block, the TSC is a sequence of known sequences, the base station controller and the When the user equipment corresponding to the base station controller sends the RLC/MAC block, the coded modulated burst carries a pre-specified TSC, and when the user equipment receives the burst signal If the received burst signal contains the TSC, it can be determined to be a burst sent to itself. When the base station controller receives the burst signal, if the received burst signal is used, the The TSC can be determined to be a burst sent by the user equipment. Therefore, the TSC can be used to distinguish between the uplink and downlink RLC/MAC blocks sent by different user equipments.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组 成, 初始化时, 每个物理载波被分配的可用 PDCH 资源为所述逻辑载波 的 1/3 , 且每个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组 成, 以逻辑载波的某一 PDCH的上行 PDCH为例, 如图 2所示, 该上行 PDCH的每 52个 TDMA帧周期称为一个 52复帧, 每个所述 52复帧划分 成 12个 RLC/MAC块, 所述 RLC/MAC块编号为 B0至 B 11 , 例如, 图 2 中区域 204指示 RLC/MAC块 B0 , 每个 RLC/MAC块占用 4个帧周期, 图中所示 204即为一个 RLC/MAC块, 所述帧周期为 PDCH上每发送一 个 TDMA帧的周期, 特别的, 图 1 中 s和 X表示空闲帧, 该上行 PDCH 的可用 PDCH资源按 52复帧进行划分: 其中第一物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源为资源 201 , 第二物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为资源 202、 第三物理 载波的可用 PDCH资源为资源 203。 实际应用中, 资源准入表可以由第一 物理载波, 资源 201 ; 第二物理载波, 资源 202; 第三物理载波, 资源 203 组成。 需要说明的, 每个 PDCH上的可用 PDCH资源也可以按照其他粒 度进行划分, 如按照每 20个 RLC/MAC块的粒度。 每个物理载波占用的 可用 PDCH 资源可以按比例划分, 例如, 第一物理载波、 第二物理载波 和第三物理载波所占用的可用 PDCH资源的比例为 1 : 1 : 1或者 1 : 2: 3 , 也可以不做限定进行随机分配, 本发明实施例对此不做详述。 同一个逻辑 载波的不同 PDCH的可用 PDCH资源划分给不同物理载波的比例可以不 一样, 如一个上行或下行 PDCH划分给三个不同的物理载波的比例为 1 : 1 : 1 , 另一个上行或下行 PDCH划分给三个不同的物理载波的比例为 1 : 3 : 5。  If the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, when initializing, the available PDCH resources allocated to each physical carrier are 1/3 of the logical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier. It is composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, taking the uplink PDCH of a certain PDCH of the logical carrier as an example. As shown in FIG. 2, every 52 TDMA frame periods of the uplink PDCH are called a 52 multiframe, and each of the The 52 multiframe is divided into 12 RLC/MAC blocks, and the RLC/MAC block numbers are B0 to B11. For example, the area 204 in FIG. 2 indicates the RLC/MAC block B0, and each RLC/MAC block occupies 4 frame periods. 204 is an RLC/MAC block, and the frame period is a period of each TDMA frame sent on the PDCH. In particular, s and X in FIG. 1 represent idle frames, and available PDCH resources of the uplink PDCH are pressed. The multi-frame is divided into two: The available PDCH resource of the first physical carrier is the resource 201, the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier is the resource 202, and the available PDCH resource of the third physical carrier is the resource 203. In practical applications, the resource admission table may be composed of a first physical carrier, a resource 201, a second physical carrier, a resource 202, a third physical carrier, and a resource 203. It should be noted that the available PDCH resources on each PDCH can also be divided according to other granularities, such as the granularity of every 20 RLC/MAC blocks. The available PDCH resources occupied by each physical carrier may be proportionally divided. For example, the ratio of available PDCH resources occupied by the first physical carrier, the second physical carrier, and the third physical carrier is 1: 1 : 1 or 1: 2: 3 It is also possible to perform random allocation without limitation, which is not described in detail in the embodiments of the present invention. The ratio of available PDCH resources of different PDCHs to different physical carriers of the same logical carrier may be different. For example, the ratio of one uplink or downlink PDCH to three different physical carriers is 1: 1 : 1 , and another uplink or downlink The ratio of PDCH to three different physical carriers is 1:3:5.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的, USF 域包括 3个比特, 可设置 8个不同值, 一个 USF指示一个用户设备, 所 以每一个时隙最多复用 8个用户。 每个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由 至少一个 USF组成的。 以逻辑载波的某一 PDCH为例, 第一物理载波分 配该 PDCH的 USF=0〜 2 , 第二物理载波分配该该 PDCH的 USF=3〜5 , 第 三物理载波分配该 PDCH的 USF=6和 USF=7。 实际应用中, 资源准入表 记录的该 PDCH的可用 PDCH资源划分为: 第一物理载波, USF=0〜 2; 第二物理载波, USF=3〜 5 ; 第三物理载波, USF=6和 USF=7。 同一个逻 辑载波的不同 PDCH上的可用 PDCH资源可以按照不同的方式划分给不 同物理载波, 本实施例在此不做详述。 If the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one USF, the USF domain includes 3 bits, and 8 different values can be set. One USF indicates one user equipment, so each time slot can multiplex up to 8 users. The available PDCH resources for each physical carrier are Made up of at least one USF. Taking a PDCH of the logical carrier as an example, the first physical carrier allocates USF=0~2 of the PDCH, the second physical carrier allocates USF=3~5 of the PDCH, and the third physical carrier allocates USF=6 of the PDCH. And USF=7. In practical applications, the available PDCH resources of the PDCH recorded in the resource admission table are divided into: a first physical carrier, USF=0~2; a second physical carrier, USF=3~5; a third physical carrier, USF=6 and USF=7. The available PDCH resources on different PDCHs of the same logical carrier may be allocated to different physical carriers in different manners. This embodiment is not described in detail herein.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 TFI组成的, 所 述 TFI是标识 TBF的 ID ( Identity, 身份号码标识 ), 与 TBF——对应, 用于在上行 PDCH或下行 PDCH上标识 TBF。 TFI域包括 5个比特, 可 设置 32个不同值, 即对于同一个 PDCH, 上行 PDCH最多可以复用 32 个上行的 TBF , 下行 PDCH最多可以复用 32个下行的 TBF。 每个物理载 波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 TFI组成的。 以逻辑载波的某一下行 PDCH为例, 第一物理载波分配该下行 PDCH的 TFI=0〜10 , 第二物理载 波分配该下行 PDCH的 TFI=11〜20 , 第三物理载波分配该下行 PDCH的 TFI=21〜31。 实际应用中, 资源准入表记录的该下行 PDCH的可用 PDCH 资源划分为: 第一物理载波, TFI=0〜10; 第二物理载波, TFI=11〜20; 第 三物理载波, TFI=21〜31。 同一个逻辑载波的不同 PDCH上的可用 PDCH 资源可以按照不同的方式划分给不同物理载波, 本实施例在此不做详述。  If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one TFI, the TFI is an ID (identity, identity number identifier) that identifies the TBF, and corresponds to the TBF, and is used to identify the TBF on the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH. The TFI field consists of 5 bits and can be set to 32 different values. That is, for the same PDCH, the uplink PDCH can multiplex up to 32 uplink TBFs, and the downlink PDCH can multiplex up to 32 downlink TBFs. The available PDCH resources for each physical carrier are composed of at least one TFI. Taking a downlink PDCH of the logical carrier as an example, the first physical carrier allocates TFI=0~10 of the downlink PDCH, and the second physical carrier allocates TFI=11~20 of the downlink PDCH, and the third physical carrier allocates the downlink PDCH. TFI=21~31. In an actual application, the available PDCH resources of the downlink PDCH recorded in the resource admission table are divided into: a first physical carrier, TFI=0~10; a second physical carrier, TFI=11~20; a third physical carrier, TFI=21 ~31. The available PDCH resources on different PDCHs of the same logical carrier can be allocated to different physical carriers in different manners. This embodiment is not described in detail herein.
如图 7所示, 所述资源管理设备 60还包括:  As shown in FIG. 7, the resource management device 60 further includes:
第二分配单元 604 ,用于为所述第一用户设备所在的小区所包括的各 个物理载波划分可用 PDCH资源。  The second allocating unit 604 is configured to allocate available PDCH resources for each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
其中, 所述可用 PDCH 资源由至少一个无线链路控制 /多接入信道 RLC/MAC块组成, 或者由至少一个上行链路标识 USF组成, 或者由至少 一个临时流标识 TFI组成, 即每个所述物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为至 少一个无线链路控制 /多接入信道 RLC/MAC 块; 或者至少一个上行链路 标识 USF; 或者至少一个由至少一个临时流标识 TFI。  The available PDCH resource is composed of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or is composed of at least one uplink identifier USF, or is composed of at least one temporary flow identifier TFI, that is, each The available PDCH resources of the physical carrier are at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block; or at least one uplink identifier USF; or at least one is identified by at least one temporary stream TFI.
所述第二分配单元 604还用于:  The second allocation unit 604 is further configured to:
首先获取所述第一物理载波的负载, 所述第一物理载波的负载为所 述第一物理载波当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源占所述第一物 理载波的可用 PDCH 资源的比例, 再判断所述第一物理载波的负载是否 大于或等于再分配阈值,若所述第一物理载波的负载大于或等于所述再分 配阈值, 则根据第一用户设备所在的扇区中各个物理载波的负载, 再次为 所述各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH资源。 First acquiring the load of the first physical carrier, where the load of the first physical carrier is Determining, by the ratio of the PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment currently accessed by the first physical carrier, the ratio of the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier, and determining whether the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to a redistribution threshold. The load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the re-allocation threshold, and the available PDCH resources are separately allocated for the physical carriers according to the load of each physical carrier in the sector in which the first user equipment is located.
需要说明的是, 现有技术中, 在一些特殊的通信系统中, 例如铁路 通信系统或者隧道通信系统,为了充分利用有限的频率资源覆盖较大的区 域, 引入了共小区技术, 所述共小区技术是是指把多个不同物理站址的位 置组设置为一个小区。位置组指同一个站点下的一个或多个物理载波覆盖 的某一物理区域。 每个位置组的载波数、 频点等小区参数均相同。 每个位 置组覆盖一定的区域,多个相邻位置组的连续覆盖区域就是共小区的覆盖 范围。 共小区由网络侧设备进行管理, 虽然釆用共小区技术之后, 这些参 数配置相同的位置组使用的总频点数较釆用共小区技术之前减少,但是整 个小区能够承载的用户设备数量也相应减少。本发明实施例中假设第一用 户设备所在的小区是釆用了共小区技术之后的小区,为了提高小区能够承 载的用户设备数量, 在为第一用户设备分配通信资源之前或之后,还可以 判断第一用户设备所在的小区是否能够进行小区分裂。  It should be noted that, in the prior art, in some special communication systems, such as a railway communication system or a tunnel communication system, in order to fully utilize a limited frequency resource to cover a large area, a common cell technology is introduced, and the common cell is introduced. The technology refers to setting a location group of a plurality of different physical sites as one cell. A location group refers to a physical area covered by one or more physical carriers under the same site. The cell parameters such as the number of carriers and frequency points of each location group are the same. Each location group covers a certain area, and the continuous coverage area of multiple adjacent location groups is the coverage of the common cell. The common cell is managed by the network side device. After the common cell technology is used, the total number of frequency points used by the same location group is reduced compared with the common cell technology, but the number of user equipments that can be carried by the entire cell is also reduced. . In the embodiment of the present invention, it is assumed that the cell in which the first user equipment is located is a cell after the common cell technology is used. In order to increase the number of user equipments that can be carried by the cell, before or after allocating communication resources for the first user equipment, Whether the cell where the first user equipment is located can perform cell splitting.
如图 8所示, 所述资源管理设备 60还包括:  As shown in FIG. 8, the resource management device 60 further includes:
分裂单元 605 , 用于当所述小区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值 时, 或者当所述小区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂阈值时, 或 者当所述小区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时,将所述小区分裂为 至少两个扇区, 其中, 所述小区当前负载为小区的可用 PDCH 资源中当 前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源的比例, 所述小区的小区覆盖为 用户设备上报的测量报告中小区的电平值。  The splitting unit 605 is configured to: when the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold, or when the current number of accessing user equipments of the cell is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or when the cell coverage of the cell is smaller than Or equal to the third splitting threshold, the cell is split into at least two sectors, where the current load of the cell is a proportion of PDCH resources occupied by user equipment currently accessed by the available PDCH resources of the cell, The cell coverage of the cell is the level value of the cell in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
所述第二分配单元 604 还用于为所述第一用户设备所在的第一扇区 所包括的各个物理载波分配可用 PDCH 资源, 所述第一扇区为所述至少 两个扇区中的任意一个扇区。  The second allocation unit 604 is further configured to allocate available PDCH resources to respective physical carriers included in the first sector where the first user equipment is located, where the first sector is in the at least two sectors. Any sector.
需要说明的, 在将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区之前, 还可以根据 所述小区所接入的用户设备数量和用户设备的分布, 制定小区的分裂计 划,该分裂计划包括所述小区的物理载波至少分配给两个所述扇区的分配 方式, 可以根据分裂计划, 调整所述第一用户设备占用的 PDCH 资源, 以免在执行小区分裂时, 出现资源冲突。 It should be noted that before the cell is split into at least two sectors, a cell splitter may be determined according to the number of user equipments accessed by the cell and the distribution of user equipment. The splitting plan includes a mode in which the physical carrier of the cell is allocated to at least two of the sectors, and the PDCH resource occupied by the first user equipment may be adjusted according to a split plan, so as to avoid appearing when performing cell splitting. Resource conflicts.
所述分裂单元 605 具体用于, 釆用空分加正交训练序列技术将所述 小区分裂为至少两个扇区。所述空分加正交训练序列技术指的是将用户设 备分配在不同的扇区, 进行空间上隔离, 而且通过对不同扇区、 相同频点 的两个物理载波上的不同用户设备或 TBF分配不同的 TSC , 使得基站能 够识别不同用户设备的上行数据, 终端能够识别出自己的下行数据。从而 釆用空分加正交训练序列技术分裂小区,使得分裂后得到的所述至少两个 扇区的逻辑载波之间形成了较好的干扰隔离。 不同扇区、相同频点的两个 物理载波上的不同用户设备或 TBF , 可以使用相同的 USF或相同的 TFI。 所分配的两个不同的 TSC , 尽量是理论上正交或接近正交, 以达到性能 最优。  The splitting unit 605 is specifically configured to split the cell into at least two sectors by using a space division plus orthogonal training sequence technique. The space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology refers to allocating user equipments in different sectors, spatially isolating, and passing different user equipments or TBFs on two physical carriers of different sectors and the same frequency point. Different TSCs are allocated so that the base station can identify the uplink data of different user equipments, and the terminal can identify its own downlink data. Therefore, the cell is split by the space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology, so that better interference isolation is formed between the logical carriers of the at least two sectors obtained after the splitting. Different user equipments or TBFs on two physical carriers of different sectors and the same frequency point can use the same USF or the same TFI. The two different TSCs assigned are as theoretically orthogonal or nearly orthogonal to achieve optimal performance.
特别的, 如果在小区分裂的过程中, 分裂后物理载波的 PDCH 的时 隙与分裂前对应的逻辑载波的 PDCH 的时隙保持一致, 所述第一分配单 元 603 还可以用于判断存储在緩存区域的所述第一用户设备的数据量是 否大于预设容量阈值; 当所述数据量大于所述预设容量阈值时, 在所述至 少两个扇区的逻辑载波中获取未被占用的第一资源再次分配给所述第一 用户设备,所述第一资源与再次分配前所述第一用户设备占用的第二资源 的标识相同,所述第一资源与所述第二资源所处的逻辑载波的参数配置相 同。  In particular, if the time slot of the PDCH of the physical carrier after the splitting is consistent with the time slot of the PDCH of the logical carrier corresponding to the splitting, the first allocating unit 603 may also be used to determine that the storage is in the cache. Whether the data amount of the first user equipment of the area is greater than a preset capacity threshold; when the data quantity is greater than the preset capacity threshold, acquiring an unoccupied first in a logical carrier of the at least two sectors A resource is allocated to the first user equipment again, and the first resource is the same as the identifier of the second resource occupied by the first user equipment before the re-allocation, where the first resource and the second resource are located The parameter configuration of the logical carrier is the same.
进一步的, 所述分裂单元 605 还用于当所述第一扇区当前负载大于 或等于第一分裂阈值时,或者当所述第一扇区当前接入用户设备数大于或 等于第二分裂阈值时,或者当所述第一扇区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分 裂阈值时, 将所述第一扇区分裂为至少两个子扇区, 其中, 所述第一扇区 当前负载为第一扇区的可用 PDCH 资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源的比例,所述第一扇区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告 中第一扇区的电平值。  Further, the splitting unit 605 is further configured to: when the current load of the first sector is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipments of the first sector is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold Or, when the cell coverage of the first sector is less than or equal to a third splitting threshold, splitting the first sector into at least two sub-sectors, where the current load of the first sector is first The proportion of the PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the sector, where the cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
可选的, 当小区内负载大于预设负载门限时, 资源管理设备 60还可 以进行动态的信道转换,动态的信道转换指的是将小区逻辑载波上配置为Optionally, when the load in the cell is greater than a preset load threshold, the resource management device 60 may further For dynamic channel switching, dynamic channel switching refers to configuring the cell logical carrier as
TCH ( Traffic Channel, 话音业务信道 ) 的其中一个时隙转换成 PDCH;当 小区内负载小于或等于预设负载门限时, 可以进行动态的信道释放, 动态 的新到释放指的是将小区逻辑载波上配置为 PDCH 的其中一个时隙转换 成 TCH。 One of the time slots of the TCH (Traffic Channel) is converted into a PDCH; when the load in the cell is less than or equal to the preset load threshold, a dynamic channel release can be performed, and the dynamic new arrival refers to the cell logical carrier. One of the time slots configured as PDCH is converted to TCH.
进一步的, 如图 9 所示, 在所述若所述小区能够进行小区分裂, 将 所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区之后, 如果小区中接入的用户设备变少, 不 能充分利用至少两个扇区的通信资源时, 所述资源管理设备 60还包括合 并单元 606, 所述合并单元 606用于当所述小区所包括的扇区中存在扇区 当前负载小于或等于第一合并阈值的扇区时,或者当所述小区所包括的扇 区中存在扇区当前接入用户设备数小于或等于第二合并阈值的扇区时,或 者当所述小区所包括的扇区中存在小区覆盖大于或等于第三合并阈值的 扇区时, 从所述小区所包括的扇区中获取至少两个扇区, 所述至少两个扇 区中包括至少一个所述满足合并条件的扇区, 其中, 所述小区当前负载为 小区的可用 PDCH资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源的比 例, 所述小区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中小区的电平值, 然 后将所述至少两个扇区进行合并。  Further, as shown in FIG. 9, after the cell can be split and the cell is split into at least two sectors, if at least two user devices are accessed in the cell, at least two cannot be fully utilized. The resource management device 60 further includes a merging unit 606, where the merging unit 606 is configured to have a current load of the sector in the sector included in the cell that is less than or equal to the first merge threshold. a sector, or when there is a sector in the sector included in the cell that has a current number of access user equipments less than or equal to a second merge threshold, or when there is a cell coverage in a sector included in the cell When a sector greater than or equal to the third merge threshold, at least two sectors are acquired from the sector included in the cell, and the at least two sectors include at least one of the sectors satisfying the merge condition, where The current load of the cell is the proportion of the PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the cell, and the cell coverage of the cell is the user equipment. Report the measurement level value of a cell, said at least two sectors will then merge.
本发明实施例提供的资源管理设备, 将小区 PDCH 资源按照扇区进 行管理, 使得每个物理载波占用合理的通信资源, 且当判断单元判断小区 能够进行小区分裂时, 分裂单元将所述小区分裂得到至少两个扇区,每个 扇区存在的逻辑载波的参数配置与分裂前小区存在的逻辑载波的参数配 置对应相同, 从而小区可用的通信资源增加了至少一倍, 并且在扇区满足 合并条件时, 将至少两个扇区进行合并, 节约了通信资源, 因此, 相较于 现有技术, 提高了资源分配方式的灵活性。 本发明实施例提供一种资源管理设备 100 , 如图 10所示, 包括: 接收机 1001 , 用于接收第一用户设备的接入请求。  The resource management device provided by the embodiment of the present invention manages the cell PDCH resource according to the sector, so that each physical carrier occupies a reasonable communication resource, and when the determining unit determines that the cell can perform cell splitting, the splitting unit splits the cell. Obtaining at least two sectors, the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in each sector is the same as the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in the pre-split cell, so that the available communication resources of the cell are increased by at least one time, and the sector meets the merge In the condition, at least two sectors are combined, which saves communication resources, and therefore, the flexibility of the resource allocation manner is improved compared with the prior art. The embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management device 100, as shown in FIG. 10, including: a receiver 1001, configured to receive an access request of a first user equipment.
小区中的第一用户设备通过所述接入请求向所述基站控制器申请分 配 PDCH资源, 即第一用户设备需要使用 PDCH进行数据传输, 所述接 入请求首先发送给与第一用户设备所在地对应的基站,然后通过该基站发 送给基站控制器。 所述小区的逻辑载波中存在至少一个 PDCH, 所述小区 为逻辑小区, 即所述逻辑载波所覆盖的所有区域。 The first user equipment in the cell requests the base station controller to allocate PDCH resources by using the access request, that is, the first user equipment needs to use the PDCH for data transmission, where the The incoming request is first sent to the base station corresponding to the location of the first user equipment, and then transmitted to the base station controller through the base station. There is at least one PDCH in the logical carrier of the cell, and the cell is a logical cell, that is, all areas covered by the logical carrier.
接收机 1001接收的接入请求可以是第一用户设备发送的 EGPRS分 组信道请求消息, 分组信道请求消息或信道请求消息的任意一种请求消 息。  The access request received by the receiver 1001 may be any one of the EGPRS packet channel request message, the packet channel request message or the channel request message sent by the first user equipment.
处理器 1002 , 用于根据所述接收机 1001接收的所述接入请求, 获取 所述第一用户设备所需的通信资源, 所述处理器 1002还用于根据所述第 一用户设备所需的通信资源, 在第一物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源中为所 述第一用户设备分配资源,所述第一物理载波为所述第一用户设备待接入 的物理载波。  The processor 1002 is configured to acquire, according to the access request received by the receiver 1001, a communication resource required by the first user equipment, where the processor 1002 is further configured to be required according to the first user equipment. The communication resource is configured to allocate resources to the first user equipment in an available PDCH resource of the first physical carrier, where the first physical carrier is a physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment.
所述接入请求中一般包含第一用户设备发送的接入请求的类型、 或 者第一用户设备的终端能力等信息。 处理器 1002根据所述接入请求判断 所述第一用户设备能够接入的物理载波以及该第一用户设备所需的 PDCH资源,本实施例中第一用户设备能够接入的物理载波为第一物理载 波。  The access request generally includes information such as the type of the access request sent by the first user equipment, or the terminal capability of the first user equipment. The processor 1002 determines, according to the access request, the physical carrier that the first user equipment can access and the PDCH resource that is required by the first user equipment. In this embodiment, the physical carrier that the first user equipment can access is the first A physical carrier.
所述可用 PDCH 资源是预先设置的, 在获取所述第一物理载波的可 用 PDCH资源之前, 资源管理设备 100预先为每一个 PDCH划分了可用 PDCH资源,每个所述 PDCH的可用 PDCH资源可以由至少一个 RLC/MAC 块组成; 或者由至少一个上行链路标识 USF组成; 或者由至少一个 TFI 组成。 因此, 所述第一物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源可以为至少一个 RLC/MAC块, 或者至少一个 USF , 或者至少一个 TFI。  The available PDCH resources are pre-set. Before acquiring the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier, the resource management device 100 pre-defines available PDCH resources for each PDCH, and the available PDCH resources of each of the PDCHs may be Composing at least one RLC/MAC block; or consisting of at least one uplink identifier USF; or consisting of at least one TFI. Therefore, the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier may be at least one RLC/MAC block, or at least one USF, or at least one TFI.
可选的, 在接收第一用户设备的接入请求之前, 处理器 1002需要首 先为所述第一用户设备所在的小区所包括的各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH资源, 通常的, 所述可用 PDCH资源由至少一个无线链路控制 /多 接入信道 RLC/MAC块组成, 或者由至少一个上行链路标识 USF组成, 或者由至少一个临时流标识 TFI组成, 即每个所述物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源为至少一个 RLC/MAC块; 或者至少一个上行链路标识 USF; 或者至 少一个由至少一个临时流标识 TFI。 实际应用中, 处理器 1002可以根据 每个物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源, 建立资源准入表, 所述资源准入表用 于记录小区的各个物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源, 保证每一个物理载波都 有可用的 PDCH资源, 且两两物理载波不存在重合的可用 PDCH资源。 Optionally, before receiving the access request of the first user equipment, the processor 1002 needs to first allocate available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located. Generally, the available PDCH resources. Consists of at least one radio link control/multiple access channel RLC/MAC block, or consists of at least one uplink identifier USF, or consists of at least one temporary flow identifier TFI, ie, available PDCH resources for each of the physical carriers Is at least one RLC/MAC block; or at least one uplink identifier USF; or at least one is identified by at least one temporary flow TFI. In practical applications, the processor 1002 can be A resource admission table is established for the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier, where the resource admission table is used to record available PDCH resources of each physical carrier of the cell, and ensure that each physical carrier has available PDCH resources, and the two physical entities There are no overlapping PDCH resources available for the carrier.
这样一来, 由于为每一个物理载波预先设置了对应的可用 PDCH 资 源, 当接收机接收到为用户设备分配 PDCH 资源的请求的时候, 处理器 首先获取用户设备待接入的物理载波对应的可用 PDCH 资源, 在获取的 用户设备待接入的物理载波对应的可用 PDCH 资源中为所述用户设备分 配 PDCH资源, 提高了资源分配方式的灵活性。  In this way, since the corresponding available PDCH resource is preset for each physical carrier, when the receiver receives the request for allocating the PDCH resource to the user equipment, the processor first acquires the available physical carrier corresponding to the user equipment to be accessed. The PDCH resource allocates PDCH resources to the user equipment in the available PDCH resources corresponding to the physical carrier to be accessed by the user equipment, which improves the flexibility of the resource allocation manner.
需要说明的, 在通信系统中小区可以划分成一个或多个位置组, 各 个位置组的配置和小区一致, 所述配置为 BCCH 频点、 载波数等。 位置 组的部分配置和小区也可以不同,如位置组的载波数可以与小区的载波数 不同。每个小区包含一个或多个逻辑载波, 每个位置组包含一个或多个物 理载波, 每个位置组中的每一个物理载波对应小区中的其中一个逻辑载 波, 所述载波的对应就是载波的参数配置相同, 其中参数配置指的是载波 的频点、 载波每个时隙的信道类型等配置。 在实际应用中, 与一个逻辑载 波对应的物理载波的部分参数配置也可以与逻辑载波不相同, 例如, 物理 载波的某个时隙的信道类型可以与逻辑载波该时隙的信道类型不同。一个 或多个位置组可以组成一个扇区, 一个小区可以包含一个或多个扇区。  It should be noted that, in the communication system, the cell may be divided into one or more location groups, and the configuration of each location group is consistent with the cell, and the configuration is a BCCH frequency, a carrier number, and the like. The partial configuration of the location group and the cell may also be different. For example, the number of carriers in the location group may be different from the number of carriers in the cell. Each cell includes one or more logical carriers, each location group includes one or more physical carriers, and each physical carrier in each location group corresponds to one of the logical carriers in the cell, and the correspondence of the carriers is a carrier The parameter configuration is the same, where the parameter configuration refers to the frequency of the carrier, and the channel type of each time slot of the carrier. In practical applications, the partial parameter configuration of the physical carrier corresponding to a logical carrier may also be different from the logical carrier. For example, the channel type of a certain slot of the physical carrier may be different from the channel type of the logical carrier. One or more location groups may form one sector, and one cell may contain one or more sectors.
示例的, 在为第一用户设备在该第一用户设备待接入的第一物理载 波的可用 PDCH资源上分配资源之前, 处理器 1002首先需要为小区中各 个物理载波划分可用 PDCH资源。  For example, before allocating resources on the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier to be accessed by the first user equipment, the processor 1002 first needs to allocate available PDCH resources for each physical carrier in the cell.
示例的, 所述处理器 1002还用于为所述第一用户设备所在的小区所 包括的各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH资源, 通常的, 所述可用 PDCH资 源由至少一个无线链路控制 /多接入信道 RLC/MAC 块组成, 或者由至少 一个上行链路标识 USF组成, 或者由至少一个临时流标识 TFI组成, 即 每个所述物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为至少一个 RLC/MAC块; 或者至 少一个上行链路标识 USF; 或者至少一个由至少一个临时流标识 TFI。 实 际应用中, 处理器 1002可以将所述各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源记录 在资源准入表中,并且在所述资源准入表记录的所述第一物理载波的可用 PDCH中为所述第一用户设备分配资源。 For example, the processor 1002 is further configured to allocate available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located. Generally, the available PDCH resources are controlled/multiple connected by at least one radio link. An incoming RLC/MAC block, or consists of at least one uplink identifier USF, or consists of at least one temporary flow identifier TFI, that is, an available PDCH resource of each physical carrier is at least one RLC/MAC block; or at least One uplink identifier USF; or at least one identified by at least one temporary flow TFI. In an actual application, the processor 1002 may record the available PDCH resources of the respective physical carriers in a resource admission table, and the first physical carrier recorded in the resource admission table is available. A resource is allocated to the first user equipment in the PDCH.
假设第一用户设备所在的小区共有一个逻辑载波, 该逻辑载波为逻 辑载波 A, 该小区包括 3个位置组, 第一位置组包含第一物理载波, 第二 位置组包含第二物理载波, 第三位置组包含第三物理载波, 第一、 第二、 第三物理载波与逻辑载波 A对应。 初始时, 第一、 第二、 第三位置组组 成扇区 A。 现有技术中, 一个逻辑载波可以包括 8个时隙, 最大可配置成 8个 PDCH,每个 PDCH的上行 PDCH或下行 PDCH最大可以复用 8个用 户设备, 如上行 PDCH可复用 7个用户设备、 下行 PDCH可复用 8个用 户设备。 当为第一用户设备分配上行 TBF 时, 同时为第一用户设备分配 了一个 USF , 由于每一个用户设备在上行都携带一个 TBF , 因此也可以 认为同时为该第一用户设备所携带的 TBF分配了一个 USF。 为在该上行 PDCH上复用的每一个用户设备或上行 TBF分配一个唯一的 USF , 以便 于区分不同的用户设备或上行 TBF。 所述 USF是在下行 RLC/MAC块中 携带, 用于基站控制器指示在下一个时段占用上行 PDCH 进行发送上行 RLC/MAC块的用户设备或 TBF , 在实际应用中, 基站控制器可以为基站 控制器的任意能够完成该动作的设备。 每一个用户设备在发送上行 RLC/MAC 块时, 使用 由基站控制器指定给用户设备的 TSC(Train Sequence Code , 训练序列码), 所述 TSC为一串已知序列, 基站控制器和 与该基站控制器对应的用户设备在发送 RLC/MAC块时,在编码调制后的 突发脉冲中都携带一个预先指定的 TSC , 当用户设备接收到突发脉冲信 号时, 如果接收到的突发脉冲信号包含该 TSC , 则可认定是发送给自己 的突发脉冲, 当基站控制器接收到突发脉冲信号时, 如果接收到的突发脉 冲信号使用包含该 TSC , 则可认定是该用户设备发送的突发脉冲, 因此, TSC可以用来区分不同用户设备发送的上、 下行 RLC/MAC块。  Assume that the cell in which the first user equipment is located has a logical carrier, the logical carrier is a logical carrier A, the cell includes three location groups, the first location group includes a first physical carrier, and the second location group includes a second physical carrier, The three-position group includes a third physical carrier, and the first, second, and third physical carriers correspond to the logical carrier A. Initially, the first, second, and third location groups are grouped into sector A. In the prior art, one logical carrier may include 8 time slots, and the maximum is configurable to 8 PDCHs. Up to 8 user equipments may be multiplexed in the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH of each PDCH, and 7 users may be multiplexed in the PDCH as above. The device and the downlink PDCH can reuse 8 user equipments. When the first user equipment is allocated an uplink TBF, the first user equipment is also assigned a USF. Since each user equipment carries one TBF on the uplink, it can also be considered as the TBF assignment carried by the first user equipment. A USF. A unique USF is allocated for each user equipment or uplink TBF multiplexed on the uplink PDCH to distinguish different user equipments or uplink TBFs. The USF is carried in the downlink RLC/MAC block, and is used by the base station controller to indicate that the uplink PDCH is used to transmit the uplink RLC/MAC block in the next time period. In actual applications, the base station controller may be controlled by the base station. Any device that can perform this action. Each user equipment uses a TSC (Train Sequence Code) assigned to the user equipment by the base station controller when transmitting the uplink RLC/MAC block, the TSC is a sequence of known sequences, the base station controller and the The user equipment corresponding to the base station controller carries a pre-specified TSC in the code modulated burst when transmitting the RLC/MAC block, and if the user equipment receives the burst signal, if the received burst If the signal includes the TSC, it can be determined to be a burst sent to itself. When the base station controller receives the burst signal, if the received burst signal uses the TSC, it can be determined that the user equipment sends The burst, therefore, the TSC can be used to distinguish between the uplink and downlink RLC/MAC blocks transmitted by different user equipments.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组 成, 初始化时, 每个物理载波被分配的可用 PDCH 资源为所述逻辑载波 的 1/3 , 且每个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 RLC/MAC块组 成, 以逻辑载波的某一 PDCH的上行 PDCH为例, 如图 2所示, 该上行 PDCH的每 52个 TDMA帧周期称为一个 52复帧, 每个所述 52复帧划分 成 12个 RLC/MAC块, 所述 RLC/MAC块编号为 B0至 B 11 , 例如, 图 2 中区域 204指示 RLC/MAC块 B0 , 每个 RLC/MAC块占用 4个帧周期, 图中所示 204即为一个 RLC/MAC块, 所述帧周期为 PDCH上每发送一 个 TDMA帧的周期, 特别的, 图 1 中 s和 X表示空闲帧, 该上行 PDCH 的可用 PDCH资源按 52复帧进行划分: 其中第一物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源为资源 201 , 第二物理载波的可用 PDCH资源为资源 202、 第三物理 载波的可用 PDCH资源为资源 203 , 实际应用中, 资源准入表可以由第 一物理载波, 资源 201 ; 第二物理载波, 资源 202; 第三物理载波, 资源 203组成。 需要说明的, 每个 PDCH上的可用 PDCH资源也可以按照其他 粒度进行划分, 如按照每 20个 RLC/MAC块的粒度。 每个物理载波占用 的可用 PDCH 资源可以按比例划分, 例如, 第一物理载波、 第二物理载 波和第三物理载波所占用的可用 PDCH资源的比例为 1 : 1 : 1或者 1 : 2: 3 , 也可以不做限定进行随机分配, 本发明实施例对此不做详述。 同一个 逻辑载波的不同 PDCH的可用 PDCH资源划分给不同物理载波的比例可 以不一样, 如一个上行或下行 PDCH 划分给三个不同的物理载波的比例 为 1 : 1 : 1 , 另一个上行或下行 PDCH划分给三个不同的物理载波的比例 为 1 : 3 : 5。 If the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, when initializing, the available PDCH resources allocated to each physical carrier are 1/3 of the logical carrier, and the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier. It is composed of at least one RLC/MAC block, taking the uplink PDCH of a certain PDCH of the logical carrier as an example. As shown in FIG. 2, every 52 TDMA frame periods of the uplink PDCH are called a 52 multiframe, and each of the 52 multiframe division In the case of 12 RLC/MAC blocks, the RLC/MAC block numbers are B0 to B11. For example, the area 204 in FIG. 2 indicates the RLC/MAC block B0, and each RLC/MAC block occupies 4 frame periods. The indication 204 is an RLC/MAC block, and the frame period is a period of each TDMA frame sent on the PDCH. In particular, s and X in FIG. 1 represent idle frames, and available PDCH resources of the uplink PDCH are performed in 52 multiframes. The available PDCH resource of the first physical carrier is the resource 201, the available PDCH resource of the second physical carrier is the resource 202, and the available PDCH resource of the third physical carrier is the resource 203. In actual application, the resource access table may be A physical carrier, a resource 201; a second physical carrier, a resource 202; a third physical carrier, a resource 203. It should be noted that the available PDCH resources on each PDCH may also be divided according to other granularities, such as the granularity of every 20 RLC/MAC blocks. The available PDCH resources occupied by each physical carrier may be proportionally divided. For example, the ratio of available PDCH resources occupied by the first physical carrier, the second physical carrier, and the third physical carrier is 1: 1 : 1 or 1: 2: 3 It is also possible to perform random allocation without limitation, which is not described in detail in the embodiments of the present invention. The ratio of available PDCH resources of different PDCHs to different physical carriers of the same logical carrier may be different. For example, the ratio of one uplink or downlink PDCH to three different physical carriers is 1: 1 : 1 , and another uplink or downlink The ratio of PDCH to three different physical carriers is 1:3:5.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 USF组成的, USF 域包括 3个比特, 可设置 8个不同值, 一个 USF指示一个用户设备, 所 以每一个时隙最多复用 8个用户。 每个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由 至少一个 USF组成的。 以逻辑载波的某一 PDCH为例, 第一物理载波分 配该 PDCH的 USF=0〜 2 , 第二物理载波分配该该 PDCH的 USF=3〜5 , 第 三物理载波分配该 PDCH的 USF=6和 USF=7。 实际应用中, 资源准入表 记录的该 PDCH的可用 PDCH资源划分为: 第一物理载波, USF=0〜 2; 第二物理载波, USF=3〜 5 ; 第三物理载波, USF=6和 USF=7。 同一个逻 辑载波的不同 PDCH上的可用 PDCH资源可以按照不同的方式划分给不 同物理载波, 本实施例在此不做详述。  If the available PDCH resources of each physical carrier are composed of at least one USF, the USF domain includes 3 bits, and 8 different values can be set. One USF indicates one user equipment, so each time slot can multiplex up to 8 users. The available PDCH resources for each physical carrier are composed of at least one USF. Taking a PDCH of the logical carrier as an example, the first physical carrier allocates USF=0~2 of the PDCH, the second physical carrier allocates USF=3~5 of the PDCH, and the third physical carrier allocates USF=6 of the PDCH. And USF=7. In practical applications, the available PDCH resources of the PDCH recorded in the resource admission table are divided into: a first physical carrier, USF=0~2; a second physical carrier, USF=3~5; a third physical carrier, USF=6 and USF=7. The available PDCH resources on different PDCHs of the same logical carrier can be allocated to different physical carriers in different manners. This embodiment is not described in detail herein.
如果各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 TFI组成的, 所 述 TFI是标识 TBF的 ID ( Identity, 身份号码标识 ), 与 TBF——对应, 用于在上行 PDCH或下行 PDCH上标识 TBF。 TFI域包括 5个比特, 可 设置 32个不同值, 即对于同一个 PDCH, 上行 PDCH最多可以复用 32 个上行的 TBF , 下行 PDCH最多可以复用 32个下行的 TBF。 每个物理载 波的可用 PDCH资源是由至少一个 TFI组成的。 以逻辑载波的某一下行 PDCH为例, 第一物理载波分配该下行 PDCH的 TFI=0〜10 , 第二物理载 波分配该下行 PDCH的 TFI=11〜20 , 第三物理载波分配该下行 PDCH的 TFI=21〜31。 实际应用中, 资源准入表记录的该下行 PDCH的可用 PDCH 资源划分为: 第一物理载波, TFI=0〜10; 第二物理载波, TFI=11〜20; 第 三物理载波, TFI=21〜31。 同一个逻辑载波的不同 PDCH上的可用 PDCH 资源可以按照不同的方式划分给不同物理载波, 本实施例在此不做详述。 If the available PDCH resources of the physical carriers are composed of at least one TFI, the TFI is an ID (identity, identity number identifier) that identifies the TBF, and corresponds to the TBF. Used to identify the TBF on the uplink PDCH or the downlink PDCH. The TFI field consists of 5 bits and can be set to 32 different values. That is, for the same PDCH, the uplink PDCH can multiplex up to 32 uplink TBFs, and the downlink PDCH can multiplex up to 32 downlink TBFs. The available PDCH resources for each physical carrier are composed of at least one TFI. Taking a downlink PDCH of the logical carrier as an example, the first physical carrier allocates TFI=0~10 of the downlink PDCH, and the second physical carrier allocates TFI=11~20 of the downlink PDCH, and the third physical carrier allocates the downlink PDCH. TFI=21~31. In an actual application, the available PDCH resources of the downlink PDCH recorded in the resource admission table are divided into: a first physical carrier, TFI=0~10; a second physical carrier, TFI=11~20; a third physical carrier, TFI=21 ~31. The available PDCH resources on different PDCHs of the same logical carrier can be allocated to different physical carriers in different manners. This embodiment is not described in detail herein.
所述处理器 1002还用于获取所述第一物理载波的负载, 所述第一物 理载波的负载为所述第一物理载波当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源占所述第一物理载波的可用 PDCH 资源的比例, 然后判断所述第一 物理载波的负载是否大于或等于再分配阈值,若所述第一物理载波的负载 大于或等于所述再分配阈值,则根据第一用户设备所在的扇区中各个物理 载波的负载, 再次为所述各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH 资源。 实际应用 中, 处理器 1002可以根据再次划分的所述各个物理载波的可用 PDCH资 源, 更新资源准入表。  The processor 1002 is further configured to acquire a load of the first physical carrier, where a load of the first physical carrier is a PDCH resource occupied by a user equipment currently accessed by the first physical carrier, and the first physical medium is occupied by the first physical a ratio of available PDCH resources of the carrier, and then determining whether the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to a redistribution threshold, and if the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the re-allocation threshold, according to the first user equipment The load of each physical carrier in the sector in which the PDCH resource is allocated for each physical carrier. In a practical application, the processor 1002 may update the resource admission table according to the available PDCH resources of the respective physical carriers that are subdivided.
需要说明的是, 现有技术中, 在一些特殊的通信系统中, 例如铁路 通信系统或者隧道通信系统,为了充分利用有限的频率资源覆盖较大的区 域, 引入了共小区技术, 所述共小区技术是是指把多个不同物理站址的位 置组设置为一个小区。位置组指同一个站点下的一个或多个物理载波覆盖 的某一物理区域。 每个位置组的载波数、 频点等小区参数均相同。 每个位 置组覆盖一定的区域,多个相邻位置组的连续覆盖区域就是共小区的覆盖 范围。 共小区由网络侧设备进行管理, 虽然釆用共小区技术之后, 这些参 数配置相同的位置组使用的总频点数较釆用共小区技术之前减少,但是整 个小区能够承载的用户设备数量也相应减少。本发明实施例中假设第一用 户设备所在的小区是釆用了共小区技术之后的小区,为了提高小区能够承 载的用户设备数量, 在为第一用户设备分配通信资源之前或之后,还可以 判断第一用户设备所在的小区是否能够进行小区分裂。 It should be noted that, in the prior art, in some special communication systems, such as a railway communication system or a tunnel communication system, in order to fully utilize a limited frequency resource to cover a large area, a common cell technology is introduced, and the common cell is introduced. The technology refers to setting a location group of a plurality of different physical sites as one cell. A location group refers to a physical area covered by one or more physical carriers under the same site. The cell parameters such as the number of carriers and frequency points of each location group are the same. Each location group covers a certain area, and the continuous coverage area of multiple adjacent location groups is the coverage of the common cell. The common cell is managed by the network side device. After the common cell technology is used, the total number of frequency points used by the same location group is reduced compared with the common cell technology, but the number of user equipments that can be carried by the entire cell is also reduced. . In the embodiment of the present invention, it is assumed that the cell in which the first user equipment is located is a cell after the common cell technology is used. In order to increase the number of user equipments that can be carried by the cell, before or after allocating communication resources for the first user equipment, Determine whether the cell where the first user equipment is located can perform cell splitting.
所述处理器 1002还用于当所述小区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈 值时, 或者当所述小区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂阈值时, 或者当所述小区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时,将所述小区分裂 为至少两个扇区, 其中, 所述小区当前负载为小区的可用 PDCH 资源中 当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源的比例, 所述小区的小区覆盖 为用户设备上报的测量报告中小区的电平值,然后为所述第一用户设备所 在的第一扇区所包括的各个物理载波分配可用 PDCH 资源, 所述第一扇 区为所述至少两个扇区中的任意一个扇区。  The processor 1002 is further configured to: when the current load of the cell is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipments of the cell is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or when the cell of the cell is When the coverage is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the cell is split into at least two sectors, where the current load of the cell is the proportion of PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the available PDCH resources of the cell, The cell coverage of the cell is a level value of the cell in the measurement report reported by the user equipment, and then allocates available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in the first sector where the first user equipment is located, the first fan The area is any one of the at least two sectors.
需要说明的, 在将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区之前, 还可以根据 所述小区所接入的用户设备数量和用户设备的分布, 制定小区的分裂计 划,该分裂计划包括所述小区的物理载波至少分配给两个所述扇区的分配 方式, 可以根据分裂计划, 调整所述第一用户设备占用的 PDCH 资源, 以免在执行小区分裂时, 出现资源冲突。  It is to be noted that before the cell is split into at least two sectors, a split plan of the cell may be formulated according to the number of user equipments accessed by the cell and the distribution of the user equipment, where the split plan includes the cell The physical carrier is allocated to at least two of the sectors, and the PDCH resources occupied by the first user equipment may be adjusted according to the splitting plan, so as to avoid resource conflicts when performing cell splitting.
所述处理器 1002具体用于釆用空分加正交训练序列技术将所述小区 分裂为至少两个扇区。所述空分加正交训练序列技术指的是将用户设备分 配在不同的扇区, 进行空间上隔离, 而且通过对不同扇区、 相同频点的两 个物理载波上的不同用户设备或 TBF分配不同的 TSC , 使得基站能够识 别不同用户设备的上行数据, 终端能够识别出自己的下行数据。从而釆用 空分加正交训练序列技术分裂小区,使得分裂后得到的所述至少两个扇区 的逻辑载波之间形成了较好的干扰隔离。 不同扇区、相同频点的两个物理 载波上的不同用户设备或 TBF , 可以使用相同的 USF或相同的 TFI。 所 分配的两个不同的 TSC , 尽量是理论上正交或接近正交, 以达到性能最 优。  The processor 1002 is specifically configured to split the cell into at least two sectors by using a space division plus orthogonal training sequence technique. The space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology refers to allocating user equipments in different sectors, spatially isolating, and passing different user equipments or TBFs on two physical carriers of different sectors and the same frequency point. Different TSCs are allocated so that the base station can identify the uplink data of different user equipments, and the terminal can identify its own downlink data. Therefore, the cell is split by the space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology, so that better interference isolation is formed between the logical carriers of the at least two sectors obtained after the splitting. Different user equipments or TBFs on two physical carriers of different sectors and the same frequency point can use the same USF or the same TFI. The two different TSCs assigned are as theoretically orthogonal or nearly orthogonal to achieve the best performance.
特别的, 如果在小区分裂的过程中, 分裂后物理载波的 PDCH 的时 隙与分裂前对应的逻辑载波的 PDCH的时隙保持一致, 所述处理器 1002 可以在第一用户设备的数据传输量较大时,判断存储在緩存区域的所述第 一用户设备的数据量是否大于预设容量阈值;当所述数据量大于所述预设 容量阈值时,在所述至少两个扇区的逻辑载波中获取未被占用的第一资源 再次分配给所述第一用户设备,所述第一资源与再次分配前所述第一用户 设备占用的第二资源的标识相同,所述第一资源与所述第二资源所处的逻 辑载波的参数配置相同。 In particular, if the time slot of the PDCH of the physical carrier after the splitting is consistent with the time slot of the PDCH of the logical carrier corresponding to the splitting in the process of cell splitting, the processor 1002 may transmit data in the first user equipment. If the data volume is greater than the preset capacity threshold, the logic of the at least two sectors is determined when the data volume is greater than the preset capacity threshold. Obtaining the first resource that is not occupied in the carrier And being allocated to the first user equipment again, where the first resource is the same as the identifier of the second resource occupied by the first user equipment before the re-allocation, and the first resource and the logical resource where the second resource is located The parameter configuration is the same.
所述处理器 1002还用于当所述第一扇区当前负载大于或等于第一分 裂阈值时,或者当所述第一扇区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂 阈值时, 或者当所述第一扇区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时, 将 所述第一扇区分裂为至少两个子扇区, 其中, 所述第一扇区当前负载为第 一扇区的可用 PDCH资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源的 比例,所述第一扇区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中第一扇区的 电平值。  The processor 1002 is further configured to: when the current load of the first sector is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold, or when the current number of user equipments of the first sector is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or When the cell coverage of the first sector is less than or equal to a third splitting threshold, the first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, where the current load of the first sector is the first sector The ratio of the PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the PDCH resource, where the cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
可选的, 当小区内负载大于预设负载门限时, 处理器 1002还可以进 行动态的信道转换, 动态的信道转换指的是将小区逻辑载波上配置为 TCH ( Traffic Channel, 话音业务信道 ) 的其中一个时隙转换成 PDCH;当 小区内负载小于或等于预设负载门限时, 可以进行动态的信道释放, 动态 的新到释放指的是将小区逻辑载波上配置为 PDCH 的其中一个时隙转换 成 TCH。  Optionally, when the load in the cell is greater than the preset load threshold, the processor 1002 may perform dynamic channel switching. The dynamic channel switching refers to configuring the cell logical carrier to be a TCH (Traffic Channel). One of the time slots is converted into a PDCH. When the load in the cell is less than or equal to the preset load threshold, a dynamic channel release can be performed. The dynamic new release refers to configuring one of the time slots of the PDCH to be converted on the logical carrier of the cell. Into TCH.
进一步的, 在所述若所述小区能够进行小区分裂, 将所述小区分裂 为至少两个扇区之后, 如果小区中接入的用户设备变少, 不能充分利用至 少两个扇区的通信资源时, 所述处理器 1002还用于当所述小区所包括的 扇区中存在扇区当前负载小于或等于第一合并阈值的扇区时,或者当所述 小区所包括的扇区中存在扇区当前接入用户设备数小于或等于第二合并 阈值的扇区时,或者当所述小区所包括的扇区中存在小区覆盖大于或等于 第三合并阈值的扇区时, 从所述小区所包括的扇区中获取至少两个扇区, 所述至少两个扇区中包括至少一个所述满足合并条件的扇区, 其中, 所述 扇区当前负载为扇区的可用 PDCH 资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 可用 PDCH 资源的比例, 所述扇区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报 告中扇区的电平值, 然后将所述至少两个扇区进行合并。  Further, after the cell is capable of performing cell splitting and splitting the cell into at least two sectors, if the number of user equipments accessed in the cell is small, communication resources of at least two sectors cannot be fully utilized. The processor 1002 is further configured to: when a sector in the sector included in the cell has a sector whose current load is less than or equal to a first merge threshold, or when a sector exists in a sector included in the cell When the current number of access user equipments in the area is less than or equal to the second merge threshold, or when there is a sector in the sector included in the cell that has a cell coverage greater than or equal to the third merge threshold, Acquiring at least two sectors in the included sector, the at least two sectors including at least one of the sectors satisfying the merge condition, wherein the current load of the sector is currently in the available PDCH resources of the sector The proportion of the available PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment, the cell coverage of the sector is the level value of the sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment, and then the at least the Two sectors are merged.
本发明实施例提供的资源管理设备, 将小区 PDCH 资源按照扇区进 行管理, 使得每个物理载波占用合理的通信资源, 当判断小区能够进行小 区分裂时, 将所述小区分裂得到至少两个扇区,每个扇区存在的逻辑载波 的参数配置与分裂前小区存在的逻辑载波的参数配置对应相同,从而小区 可用的通信资源增加了至少一倍, 并且在扇区满足合并条件时, 将至少两 个扇区进行合并, 节约了通信资源, 因此, 相较于现有技术, 提高了资源 分配方式的灵活性。 The resource management device provided by the embodiment of the present invention manages the cell PDCH resource according to the sector, so that each physical carrier occupies a reasonable communication resource, and when the cell is determined to be small When the area is split, the cell is split to obtain at least two sectors, and the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in each sector is the same as the parameter configuration of the logical carrier existing in the pre-split cell, so that the available communication resources of the cell are increased by at least Double, and when the sector satisfies the merge condition, at least two sectors are merged, which saves communication resources, and therefore, the flexibility of the resource allocation manner is improved compared to the prior art.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和简洁, 上 述描述的系统, 装置和单元的具体工作过程, 可以参考前述方法实施例中 的对应过程, 在此不再赘述。  A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can be referred to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的系统, 装 置和方法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置实施例仅 仅是示意性的, 例如, 所述单元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分, 实际 实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集 成到另一个系统, 或一些特征可以忽略, 或不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨 论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或 单元的间接耦合或通信连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。  In the several embodiments provided herein, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, apparatus, and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开 的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一 个地方, 或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。 可以根据实际的需要选择其 中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。  The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate. The components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, i.e., may be located in one place, or may be distributed over multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单 元中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理包括, 也可以两个或两个以上单元集成 在一个单元中。 上述集成的单元既可以釆用硬件的形式实现, 也可以釆用 硬件加软件功能单元的形式实现。  In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may be physically included separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
以上所述, 仅为本发明的具体实施方式, 但本发明的保护范围并不 局限于此, 任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内, 可轻易想到变化或替换, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。 因此, 本发 明的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。  The above is only the specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present invention should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 claims
1、 一种资源管理方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A resource management method, characterized by including:
接收第一用户设备的接入请求; Receive an access request from the first user equipment;
根据所述接入请求, 获取所述第一用户设备所需的通信资源; 根据所述第一用户设备所需的通信资源, 在第一物理载波的可用分组 数据信道 PDCH资源中为所述第一用户设备分配资源, 所述第一物理载波 为所述第一用户设备待接入的物理载波。 According to the access request, obtain the communication resources required by the first user equipment; according to the communication resources required by the first user equipment, obtain the available packet data channel PDCH resources of the first physical carrier for the first user equipment. A user equipment allocates resources, and the first physical carrier is a physical carrier to which the first user equipment wants to access.
2、 根据权利要求 1 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述接收第一用户 设备的接入请求之前, 所述方法还包括: 2. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, before receiving the access request of the first user equipment, the method further includes:
为所述第一用户设备所在的小区的各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH 资 源。 Available PDCH resources are divided for each physical carrier of the cell where the first user equipment is located.
3、 根据权利要求 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 3. The method according to claim 2, characterized in that,
所述可用 PDCH资源由至少一个无线链路控制 /多接入信道 RLC/MAC 块组成, 或者由至少一个上行链路标识 USF组成, 或者由至少一个临时流 标识 TFI组成。 The available PDCH resources consist of at least one Radio Link Control/Multiple Access Channel RLC/MAC block, or at least one uplink identifier USF, or at least one temporary flow identifier TFI.
4、 根据权利要求 2或 3 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 在所述为 所述第一用户设备所在的小区的各个物理载波划分可用 PDCH资源之后, 所述方法还包括: 4. The method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that it includes: after dividing available PDCH resources for each physical carrier of the cell where the first user equipment is located, the method further includes:
获取所述第一物理载波的负载, 所述第一物理载波的负载为所述第一 物理载波的可用 PDCH资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源的 比例; Obtain the load of the first physical carrier, where the load of the first physical carrier is the proportion of PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment among the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier;
判断所述第一物理载波的负载是否大于或等于再分配阈值; Determine whether the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the reallocation threshold;
若所述第一物理载波的负载大于或等于所述再分配阈值, 则根据第一 用户设备所在的小区中各个物理载波的负载, 再次为所述各个物理载波划 分可用 PDCH资源。 If the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the reallocation threshold, then the available PDCH resources are divided again for each physical carrier according to the load of each physical carrier in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
5、 根据权利要求 1至 4任意一项权利要求所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述在第一物理载波的可用分组数据信道 PDCH资源中为所述第一用户 设备分配资源之后, 所述方法还包括: 5. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that, after allocating resources to the first user equipment in the available packet data channel PDCH resources of the first physical carrier, The above methods also include:
当所述第一用户设备所在小区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值时, 或者当所述第一用户设备所在小区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分 裂阈值时, 或者当所述第一用户设备所在小区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三 分裂阈值时, 将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区, 其中, 所述小区当前负载 为小区的可用 PDCH资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源的比 例, 所述小区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中小区的电平值; 为所述第一用户设备所在的第一扇区的各个物理载波分配可用 PDCH 资源, 所述第一扇区为所述至少两个扇区中的任意一个扇区。 When the current load of the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to the first split threshold, Or when the number of currently accessed user equipment in the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold, or when the cell coverage of the cell where the first user equipment is located is less than or equal to the third splitting threshold, the The cell is split into at least two sectors, where the current load of the cell is the proportion of PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment among the available PDCH resources of the cell, and the cell coverage of the cell is the measurement report reported by the user equipment. The level value of the medium cell; allocate available PDCH resources to each physical carrier of the first sector where the first user equipment is located, and the first sector is any one of the at least two sectors.
6、 根据权利要求 5所述的方法, 其特征在于, 6. The method according to claim 5, characterized in that,
所述将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区包括: Splitting the cell into at least two sectors includes:
釆用空分加正交训练序列技术将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区。 The cell is split into at least two sectors using spatial division plus orthogonal training sequence technology.
7、 根据权利要求 5 或 6所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述为所述第 一用户设备所在的第一扇区的各个物理载波分配可用 PDCH资源之后, 所 述方法还包括: 7. The method according to claim 5 or 6, characterized in that, after allocating available PDCH resources to each physical carrier of the first sector where the first user equipment is located, the method further includes:
判断存储在緩存区域的所述第一用户设备的数据量是否大于预设容 量阈值; Determine whether the amount of data stored in the first user equipment in the cache area is greater than a preset capacity threshold;
当所述数据量大于所述预设容量阈值时, 在所述至少两个扇区的逻辑 载波中获取未被占用的第一资源再次分配给所述第一用户设备, 所述第一 资源与再次分配前所述第一用户设备占用的第二资源的标识相同, 所述第 一资源与所述第二资源所处的逻辑载波的参数配置相同。 When the amount of data is greater than the preset capacity threshold, unoccupied first resources are obtained from the logical carriers of the at least two sectors and allocated again to the first user equipment, where the first resources are The identifier of the second resource occupied by the first user equipment before reallocation is the same, and the parameter configuration of the logical carrier where the first resource and the second resource are located is the same.
8、 根据权利要求 5至 7任意一项权利要求所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区之后, 所述方法还包括: 8. The method according to any one of claims 5 to 7, characterized in that, after splitting the cell into at least two sectors, the method further includes:
当所述第一扇区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值时, 或者当所述第 一扇区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂阈值时, 或者当所述第一 扇区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时, 将所述第一扇区分裂为至少 两个子扇区, 其中, 所述第一扇区当前负载为第一扇区的可用 PDCH资源 中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源的比例, 所述第一扇区的小区 覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中第一扇区的电平值。 When the current load of the first sector is greater than or equal to the first split threshold, or when the current number of accessed user equipment in the first sector is greater than or equal to the second split threshold, or when the number of user equipment currently accessed by the first sector is greater than or equal to the second split threshold, When the cell coverage is less than or equal to the third split threshold, the first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, wherein the current load of the first sector is the currently accessed PDCH resource in the first sector. The proportion of PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment, and the cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
9、 根据权利要求 5至 7任意一项权利要求所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区之后, 所述方法还包括: 判断所述小区所包括的扇区中是否存在满足合并条件的扇区, 所述合 并条件为扇区当前负载小于或等于第一合并阈值, 或者扇区当前接入用户 设备数小于或等于第二合并阈值,或者小区覆盖大于或等于第三合并阈值, 其中, 所述扇区当前负载为扇区的可用 PDCH资源中当前接入的用户设备 所占用的可用 PDCH资源的比例, 所述扇区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的 测量报告中扇区的电平值; 9. The method according to any one of claims 5 to 7, characterized in that, after splitting the cell into at least two sectors, the method further includes: Determine whether there are sectors that meet the merging condition among the sectors included in the cell. The merging condition is that the current load of the sector is less than or equal to the first merging threshold, or the current number of accessed user equipment in the sector is less than or equal to the second merging threshold. The merging threshold, or the cell coverage is greater than or equal to the third merging threshold, where the current load of the sector is the proportion of available PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment among the available PDCH resources of the sector, and Cell coverage is the level value of the sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment;
当所述小区所包括的扇区中存在满足合并条件的扇区时, 获取至少两 个扇区, 所述至少两个扇区中包括至少一个满足所述合并条件的扇区; 将所述至少两个扇区进行合并。 When there are sectors that satisfy the merging condition among the sectors included in the cell, obtain at least two sectors, and the at least two sectors include at least one sector that satisfies the merging condition; The two sectors are merged.
10、 一种资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 10. A resource management device, characterized by including:
接收单元, 用于接收第一用户设备的接入请求; A receiving unit, configured to receive an access request from the first user equipment;
获取单元, 用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述接入请求, 获取所述第 一用户设备所需的通信资源; An obtaining unit, configured to obtain the communication resources required by the first user equipment according to the access request received by the receiving unit;
第一分配单元, 用于根据所述获取单元获取的第一用户设备所需的通 信资源, 在第一物理载波的可用分组数据信道 PDCH资源中为所述第一用 户设备分配资源, 所述第一物理载波为所述第一用户设备待接入的物理载 波。 The first allocating unit is configured to allocate resources to the first user equipment in the available packet data channel PDCH resources of the first physical carrier according to the communication resources required by the first user equipment obtained by the obtaining unit, A physical carrier is a physical carrier to which the first user equipment is to be accessed.
11、 根据权利要求 10所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 所述资源管 理设备还包括: 11. The resource management device according to claim 10, characterized in that the resource management device further includes:
第二分配单元, 用于为所述第一用户设备所在的小区所包括的各个物 理载波划分可用 PDCH资源。 The second allocation unit is configured to allocate available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
12、 根据权利要求 11所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 12. The resource management device according to claim 11, characterized in that,
所述可用 PDCH资源由至少一个无线链路控制 /多接入信道 RLC/MAC 块组成, 或者由至少一个上行链路标识 USF组成, 或者由至少一个临时流 标识 TFI组成。 The available PDCH resources consist of at least one Radio Link Control/Multiple Access Channel RLC/MAC block, or at least one uplink identifier USF, or at least one temporary flow identifier TFI.
13、 根据权利要求 11或 12所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二分配单元还用于: 13. The resource management device according to claim 11 or 12, characterized in that the second allocation unit is also used for:
获取所述第一物理载波的负载, 所述第一物理载波的负载为所述第一 物理载波当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源占所述第一物理载波的 可用 PDCH资源的比例; Obtain the load of the first physical carrier. The load of the first physical carrier is the proportion of the PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment currently accessed by the first physical carrier of the first physical carrier. Proportion of available PDCH resources;
判断所述第一物理载波的负载是否大于或等于再分配阈值; Determine whether the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the reallocation threshold;
若所述第一物理载波的负载大于或等于所述再分配阈值, 则根据第一 用户设备所在的小区中各个物理载波的负载, 再次为所述各个物理载波划 分可用 PDCH资源。 If the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the reallocation threshold, then the available PDCH resources are divided again for each physical carrier according to the load of each physical carrier in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
14、 根据权利要求 10至 13任意一项权利要求所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 所述资源管理设备还包括: 14. The resource management device according to any one of claims 10 to 13, characterized in that, the resource management device further includes:
分裂单元, 当所述第一用户设备所在小区当前负载大于或等于第一分 裂阈值时, 或者当所述第一用户设备所在小区当前接入用户设备数大于或 等于第二分裂阈值时, 或者当所述第一用户设备所在小区的小区覆盖小于 或等于第三分裂阈值时, 将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区, 其中, 所述小 区当前负载为小区的可用 PDCH 资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH 资源的比例, 所述小区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中小 区的电平值; A splitting unit, when the current load of the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to the first splitting threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipment in the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to the second splitting threshold, or when When the cell coverage of the cell where the first user equipment is located is less than or equal to the third split threshold, the cell is split into at least two sectors, where the current load of the cell is the currently accessed PDCH resources in the cell. The proportion of PDCH resources occupied by user equipment, and the cell coverage of the cell is the level value of the cell in the measurement report reported by the user equipment;
所述第二分配单元还用于为所述第一用户设备所在的第一扇区所包 括的各个物理载波分配可用 PDCH资源, 所述第一扇区为所述至少两个扇 区中的任意一个扇区。 The second allocation unit is also configured to allocate available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in the first sector where the first user equipment is located, and the first sector is any of the at least two sectors. a sector.
15、 根据权利要求 14 所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 所述分裂 单元具体用于, 釆用空分加正交训练序列技术将所述小区分裂为至少两个 扇区。 15. The resource management device according to claim 14, wherein the splitting unit is specifically configured to split the cell into at least two sectors using space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology.
16、 根据权利要求 14或 15所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 所述 第一分配单元还用于: 16. The resource management device according to claim 14 or 15, characterized in that the first allocation unit is also used for:
判断存储在緩存区域的所述第一用户设备的数据量是否大于预设容 量阈值; Determine whether the amount of data stored in the first user equipment in the cache area is greater than a preset capacity threshold;
当所述数据量大于所述预设容量阈值时, 在所述至少两个扇区的逻辑 载波中获取未被占用的第一资源再次分配给所述第一用户设备, 所述第一 资源与再次分配前所述第一用户设备占用的第二资源的标识相同, 所述第 一资源与所述第二资源所处的逻辑载波的参数配置相同。 When the amount of data is greater than the preset capacity threshold, unoccupied first resources are obtained from the logical carriers of the at least two sectors and allocated again to the first user equipment, where the first resources are The identifier of the second resource occupied by the first user equipment before reallocation is the same, and the parameter configuration of the logical carrier where the first resource and the second resource are located is the same.
17、 根据权利要求 14至 16任意一项权利要求所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 所述分裂单元还用于: 17. The resource management device according to any one of claims 14 to 16, It is characterized in that the splitting unit is also used for:
当所述第一扇区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈值时, 或者当所述第 一扇区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂阈值时, 或者当所述第一 扇区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时, 将所述第一扇区分裂为至少 两个子扇区, 其中, 所述第一扇区当前负载为第一扇区的可用 PDCH资源 中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源的比例, 所述第一扇区的小区 覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中第一扇区的电平值。 When the current load of the first sector is greater than or equal to the first split threshold, or when the current number of accessed user equipment in the first sector is greater than or equal to the second split threshold, or when the number of user equipment currently accessed by the first sector is greater than or equal to the second split threshold, When the cell coverage is less than or equal to the third split threshold, the first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, wherein the current load of the first sector is the currently accessed PDCH resource in the first sector. The proportion of PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment, and the cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
18、 根据权利要求 12至 16任意一项权利要求所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 所述资源管理设备还包括合并单元, 所述合并单元用于判断 所述小区所包括的扇区中是否存在满足合并条件的扇区, 所述合并条件为 扇区当前负载小于或等于第一合并阈值, 或者扇区当前接入用户设备数小 于或等于第二合并阈值, 或者小区覆盖大于或等于第三合并阈值, 其中, 所述扇区当前负载为扇区的可用 PDCH资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用 的可用 PDCH资源的比例, 所述扇区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报 告中扇区的电平值; 18. The resource management device according to any one of claims 12 to 16, characterized in that, the resource management device further includes a merging unit, the merging unit is used to determine the number of sectors included in the cell. Whether there is a sector that meets the merging conditions, which is that the current load of the sector is less than or equal to the first merging threshold, or the current number of accessed user equipment in the sector is less than or equal to the second merging threshold, or the cell coverage is greater than or equal to the second merging threshold. Three merging thresholds, where the current load of the sector is the proportion of the available PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment among the available PDCH resources of the sector, and the cell coverage of the sector is the measurement report reported by the user equipment. The level value of the sector;
当所述小区所包括的扇区中存在满足合并条件的扇区时, 获取至少两 个扇区, 所述至少两个扇区中包括至少一个所述满足合并条件的扇区; 将所述至少两个扇区进行合并。 When there are sectors that satisfy the merging condition among the sectors included in the cell, obtain at least two sectors, and the at least two sectors include at least one sector that satisfies the merging condition; The two sectors are merged.
19、 一种资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 19. A resource management device, characterized by including:
接收机, 用于接收第一用户设备的接入请求; A receiver, configured to receive an access request from the first user equipment;
处理器, 用于根据所述接收机接收的所述接入请求, 获取所述第一用 户设备所需的通信资源; A processor, configured to obtain the communication resources required by the first user equipment according to the access request received by the receiver;
所述处理器还用于根据所述第一用户设备所需的通信资源, 在第一物 理载波的可用 PDCH资源中为所述第一用户设备分配资源, 所述第一物理 载波为所述第一用户设备待接入的物理载波。 The processor is further configured to allocate resources to the first user equipment among the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier according to the communication resources required by the first user equipment, and the first physical carrier is the third user equipment. A physical carrier to which user equipment is to be accessed.
20、 根据权利要求 19所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 20. The resource management device according to claim 19, characterized in that,
所述处理器还用于为所述第一用户设备所在的小区所包括的各个物 理载波划分可用 PDCH资源。 The processor is also configured to divide available PDCH resources for each physical carrier included in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
21、 根据权利要求 20所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 所述可用 PDCH资源由至少一个无线链路控制 /多接入信道 RLC/MAC 块组成, 或者由至少一个上行链路标识 USF组成, 或者由至少一个临时流 标识 TFI组成。 21. The resource management device according to claim 20, characterized in that, The available PDCH resources consist of at least one Radio Link Control/Multiple Access Channel RLC/MAC block, or at least one uplink identifier USF, or at least one temporary flow identifier TFI.
22、 根据权利要求 20或 21所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器还用于获取所述第一物理载波的负载, 所述第一物理载波 的负载为所述第一物理载波当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源占所 述第一物理载波的可用 PDCH资源的比例; 22. The resource management device according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the processor is further configured to obtain the load of the first physical carrier, and the load of the first physical carrier is the first physical carrier. The proportion of PDCH resources occupied by the user equipment currently accessed by the carrier to the available PDCH resources of the first physical carrier;
判断所述第一物理载波的负载是否大于或等于再分配阈值; Determine whether the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the reallocation threshold;
若所述第一物理载波的负载大于或等于所述再分配阈值, 则根据第一 用户设备所在的小区中各个物理载波的负载, 再次为所述各个物理载波划 分可用 PDCH资源。 If the load of the first physical carrier is greater than or equal to the reallocation threshold, then the available PDCH resources are divided again for each physical carrier according to the load of each physical carrier in the cell where the first user equipment is located.
23、 根据权利要求 19至 22任意一项权利要求所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 23. The resource management device according to any one of claims 19 to 22, characterized in that,
所述处理器具体用于当所述第一用户设备所在小区当前负载大于或 等于第一分裂阈值时, 或者当所述第一用户设备所在小区当前接入用户设 备数大于或等于第二分裂阈值时, 或者当所述第一用户设备所在小区的小 区覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时, 将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇区, 其 中, 所述小区当前负载为小区的可用 PDCH资源中当前接入的用户设备所 占用的 PDCH资源的比例, 所述小区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报 告中小区的电平值; The processor is specifically configured to operate when the current load of the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to the first split threshold, or when the number of currently accessed user equipment in the cell where the first user equipment is located is greater than or equal to the second split threshold. when, or when the cell coverage of the cell where the first user equipment is located is less than or equal to the third split threshold, the cell is split into at least two sectors, wherein the current load of the cell is among the available PDCH resources of the cell. The proportion of PDCH resources occupied by currently accessed user equipment, and the cell coverage of the cell is the level value of the cell in the measurement report reported by the user equipment;
所述处理器还用于为所述第一用户设备所在的第一扇区所包括的各 个物理载波分配可用 PDCH资源, 所述第一扇区为所述至少两个扇区中的 任意一个扇区。 The processor is also configured to allocate available PDCH resources to each physical carrier included in a first sector where the first user equipment is located, and the first sector is any one of the at least two sectors. district.
24、 根据权利要求 23 所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理 器具体用于釆用空分加正交训练序列技术将所述小区分裂为至少两个扇 区。 24. The resource management device according to claim 23, wherein the processor is specifically configured to split the cell into at least two sectors using space division plus orthogonal training sequence technology.
25、 根据权利要求 23或 24所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器还用于判断存储在緩存区域的所述第一用户设备的数据 量是否大于预设容量阈值; 当所述数据量大于所述预设容量阈值时, 在所述至少两个扇区的逻辑 载波中获取未被占用的第一资源再次分配给所述第一用户设备, 所述第一 资源与再次分配前所述第一用户设备占用的第二资源的标识相同, 所述第 一资源与所述第二资源所处的逻辑载波的参数配置相同。 25. The resource management device according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the processor is further configured to determine whether the amount of data of the first user equipment stored in the cache area is greater than a preset capacity threshold; When the amount of data is greater than the preset capacity threshold, unoccupied first resources are obtained from the logical carriers of the at least two sectors and allocated again to the first user equipment, where the first resources are The identifier of the second resource occupied by the first user equipment before reallocation is the same, and the parameter configuration of the logical carrier where the first resource and the second resource are located is the same.
26、 根据权利要求 23至 25任意一项权利要求所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 26. The resource management device according to any one of claims 23 to 25, characterized in that,
所述处理器还用于当所述第一扇区当前负载大于或等于第一分裂阈 值时, 或者当所述第一扇区当前接入用户设备数大于或等于第二分裂阈值 时, 或者当所述第一扇区的小区覆盖小于或等于第三分裂阈值时, 将所述 第一扇区分裂为至少两个子扇区, 其中, 所述第一扇区当前负载为第一扇 区的可用 PDCH资源中当前接入的用户设备所占用的 PDCH资源的比例, 所述第一扇区的小区覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中第一扇区的电平 值。 The processor is also configured to: when the current load of the first sector is greater than or equal to a first splitting threshold, or when the current number of accessed user equipment in the first sector is greater than or equal to a second splitting threshold, or when When the cell coverage of the first sector is less than or equal to the third split threshold, the first sector is split into at least two sub-sectors, where the current load of the first sector is the available load of the first sector. The proportion of PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment in the PDCH resources, and the cell coverage of the first sector is the level value of the first sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment.
27、 根据权利要求 23至 25任意一项权利要求所述的资源管理设备, 其特征在于, 27. The resource management device according to any one of claims 23 to 25, characterized in that,
所述处理器还用于判断所述小区所包括的扇区中是否存在满足合并 条件的扇区, 所述合并条件为扇区当前负载小于或等于第一合并阈值, 或 者扇区当前接入用户设备数小于或等于第二合并阈值, 或者小区覆盖大于 或等于第三合并阈值, 其中, 所述扇区当前负载为扇区的可用 PDCH资源 中当前接入的用户设备所占用的可用 PDCH资源的比例, 所述扇区的小区 覆盖为用户设备上报的测量报告中扇区的电平值; The processor is also used to determine whether there are sectors that meet the merging conditions among the sectors included in the cell. The merging conditions are that the current load of the sector is less than or equal to the first merging threshold, or the sector currently has access to users. The number of devices is less than or equal to the second combining threshold, or the cell coverage is greater than or equal to the third combining threshold, wherein the current load of the sector is the available PDCH resources occupied by the currently accessed user equipment among the available PDCH resources of the sector. Ratio, the cell coverage of the sector is the level value of the sector in the measurement report reported by the user equipment;
当所述小区所包括的扇区中存在满足合并条件的扇区时, 获取至少两 个扇区, 所述至少两个扇区中包括至少一个满足所述合并条件的扇区; 将所述至少两个扇区进行合并。 When there are sectors that satisfy the merging condition among the sectors included in the cell, obtain at least two sectors, and the at least two sectors include at least one sector that satisfies the merging condition; The two sectors are merged.
PCT/CN2014/072638 2014-02-27 2014-02-27 Resource management method and device WO2015127627A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/072638 WO2015127627A1 (en) 2014-02-27 2014-02-27 Resource management method and device
CN201480000312.0A CN104170309B (en) 2014-02-27 2014-02-27 A kind of method for managing resource and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/072638 WO2015127627A1 (en) 2014-02-27 2014-02-27 Resource management method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015127627A1 true WO2015127627A1 (en) 2015-09-03

Family

ID=51912363

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/072638 WO2015127627A1 (en) 2014-02-27 2014-02-27 Resource management method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104170309B (en)
WO (1) WO2015127627A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3589043B1 (en) * 2017-02-24 2021-04-07 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Data transmission method, terminal device and network device
CN109831824B (en) * 2017-11-23 2021-06-01 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for uplink piggyback transmission
CN114003394B (en) * 2021-12-31 2022-03-29 深圳市华图测控系统有限公司 Dynamic memory expansion method and device for memory shortage of constant temperature machine and constant temperature machine

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB0506611D0 (en) * 2005-04-01 2005-05-11 Motorola Inc Communication system and a processor and a method for use therein
CN101142831A (en) * 2005-03-18 2008-03-12 摩托罗拉公司 Communication system and processor and method for use therein
CN102196447A (en) * 2010-03-03 2011-09-21 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Allocation method and system of wireless channels for packet services
CN102547988A (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-07-04 中国移动通信集团广东有限公司 Distributing method and distributing device for temporary block flow

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN100393174C (en) * 2005-10-21 2008-06-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for realizing multi-carrier high-speed down group access of time-division synchronus CDMAS system
CN101527963B (en) * 2008-03-05 2012-05-23 电信科学技术研究院 Method and system for allocating resources to realize inter-cell interference control

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101142831A (en) * 2005-03-18 2008-03-12 摩托罗拉公司 Communication system and processor and method for use therein
GB0506611D0 (en) * 2005-04-01 2005-05-11 Motorola Inc Communication system and a processor and a method for use therein
CN102196447A (en) * 2010-03-03 2011-09-21 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Allocation method and system of wireless channels for packet services
CN102547988A (en) * 2010-12-16 2012-07-04 中国移动通信集团广东有限公司 Distributing method and distributing device for temporary block flow

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104170309B (en) 2017-03-15
CN104170309A (en) 2014-11-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN106162913B (en) Spectrum coordination device and method, and device and method in wireless communication system
CN106465137B (en) System and method for business communication based on business service quality constraint
JP7116775B2 (en) Method and D2D device for D2D communication
CN110572838B (en) Communication method, terminal equipment and network side equipment
CN110649998B (en) System and method for dynamically allocating resources on licensed and unlicensed spectrum
WO2016163239A1 (en) User device and base station
JP6652636B2 (en) Method for controlling communication, user equipment, and base station
CN106465471B (en) System and method for wireless transmission communication across licensed and unlicensed spectrum
CN108810957B (en) Information monitoring method, terminal and network equipment
WO2016163251A1 (en) User device, mobile communication system, and communication control method
CN110636616B (en) Wireless communication method and device
US20170118621A1 (en) Resource patterns for discovery
TWI692989B (en) Uplink data packet resource configuration method and user terminal
KR20220114066A (en) Communication method and device
WO2015127627A1 (en) Resource management method and device
CN106550479B (en) Channel access method, access point and station
KR20160019953A (en) Method for transmitting signal in device to device proximity service, base station and user equipment
JP7169734B2 (en) Methods for Determining Spectrum Utilization
CN110351845B (en) Frequency domain resource allocation method, network side equipment and terminal
WO2014082444A1 (en) Group resource scheduling method and system during cluster communication
JP7144326B2 (en) Communication device, transmission method and integrated circuit
CN109151832B (en) Authorization-free resource access method, scheduling method and device, storage medium, terminal and base station
JP2023527460A (en) Data transmission method, network device and system in multi-connection network
EP1734775A1 (en) Back to back dynamic allocation
CN109905157B (en) Communication method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14884069

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14884069

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1